[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021117865A1 - Packaging container for sterilization - Google Patents

Packaging container for sterilization Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021117865A1
WO2021117865A1 PCT/JP2020/046262 JP2020046262W WO2021117865A1 WO 2021117865 A1 WO2021117865 A1 WO 2021117865A1 JP 2020046262 W JP2020046262 W JP 2020046262W WO 2021117865 A1 WO2021117865 A1 WO 2021117865A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
flange
packaging container
region
flange portion
lid member
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2020/046262
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
康弘 野中
里奈 星加
尾下 竜也
洋一 浜田
恵 今村
隆一 堤
和徳 御船
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Hisaka Works Ltd
Kuraray Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Hisaka Works Ltd
Kuraray Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hisaka Works Ltd, Kuraray Co Ltd filed Critical Hisaka Works Ltd
Priority to EP20899236.2A priority Critical patent/EP4074623A4/en
Priority to JP2021564059A priority patent/JP7372985B2/en
Priority to CN202080085307.XA priority patent/CN114929593B/en
Priority to KR1020227019670A priority patent/KR102877866B1/en
Publication of WO2021117865A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021117865A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/18Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient
    • B65D81/20Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient under vacuum or superatmospheric pressure, or in a special atmosphere, e.g. of inert gas
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/18Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient
    • B65D81/20Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient under vacuum or superatmospheric pressure, or in a special atmosphere, e.g. of inert gas
    • B65D81/2069Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient under vacuum or superatmospheric pressure, or in a special atmosphere, e.g. of inert gas in a special atmosphere
    • B65D81/2076Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents providing specific environment for contents, e.g. temperature above or below ambient under vacuum or superatmospheric pressure, or in a special atmosphere, e.g. of inert gas in a special atmosphere in an at least partially rigid container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D1/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers having bodies formed in one piece, e.g. by casting metallic material, by moulding plastics, by blowing vitreous material, by throwing ceramic material, by moulding pulped fibrous material or by deep-drawing operations performed on sheet material
    • B65D1/22Boxes or like containers with side walls of substantial depth for enclosing contents
    • B65D1/26Thin-walled containers, e.g. formed by deep-drawing operations
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D43/00Lids or covers for rigid or semi-rigid containers
    • B65D43/02Removable lids or covers
    • B65D43/0202Removable lids or covers without integral tamper element
    • B65D43/0204Removable lids or covers without integral tamper element secured by snapping over beads or projections
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D77/00Packages formed by enclosing articles or materials in preformed containers, e.g. boxes, cartons, sacks or bags
    • B65D77/10Container closures formed after filling
    • B65D77/20Container closures formed after filling by applying separate lids or covers, i.e. flexible membrane or foil-like covers
    • B65D77/2024Container closures formed after filling by applying separate lids or covers, i.e. flexible membrane or foil-like covers the cover being welded or adhered to the container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/24Adaptations for preventing deterioration or decay of contents; Applications to the container or packaging material of food preservatives, fungicides, pesticides or animal repellants
    • B65D81/28Applications of food preservatives, fungicides, pesticides or animal repellants

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a packaging container for sterilization treatment, and relates to a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing food such as prepared foods as contents.
  • Some packaged foods are foods cooked and processed in food factories, etc., which are stored in a container with an opening and distributed with a top sheet or a cover on the container.
  • top sheets and cover lids are not completely sealed, outside air may enter the container. Therefore, the shelf life of these packaged foods is very short, about 1 to 2 days, and there is a problem that the disposal loss rate is very high (product yield is poor).
  • packaged foods with a container and a lid that are heat-sealed and the inside of the container are completely sealed to extend the shelf life have been distributed.
  • Some packaged foods can last for more than two weeks when stored refrigerated.
  • Patent Document 1 sterile room
  • the cleanliness of the work environment in which food is handled may be controlled to a high level such as 10000 or 1000 levels in a NASA standard clean room.
  • a clean room is introduced, there is a problem that the installation and maintenance of the air conditioning equipment requires a great deal of cost.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing the contents.
  • the present invention is suitably used for the sterilization treatment of foods, which is an example of contents, and the quality retention period of foods.
  • the subject is to provide a packaging container that can be lengthened.
  • the packaging container according to the present invention is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents.
  • a container body including an accommodating portion having an opening and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is primary with a lid member covering the opening.
  • the primary sealing area that is primarily sealed in the sealing process, the secondary sealing area that is secondarily sealed in the secondary sealing step after the lid member and the primary sealing step, and the uppermost surface of the flange portion on the upper surface.
  • At least one penetration provided with a top portion of the lid to be located, a lower portion of the lid located below the top surface of the top of the flange on the top surface, and a through hole located inside the primary seal region and penetrating the flange portion.
  • the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the through region.
  • the penetrating region has a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface may form the uppermost portion of the flange.
  • the penetrating region is a recess that is recessed downward, and the rift may be formed in the recess.
  • the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the penetrating regions may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
  • Another packaging container of the present invention is a packaging container for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents, and has an opening at the top.
  • a container body including an accommodating portion having and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is provided with a lid member covering the opening and in a primary sealing step.
  • It has a primary seal region to be primarily sealed, a lid member and a secondary seal region to be secondarily sealed in a secondary seal step after the primary seal step, and the lid member and the primary seal region are When the lid member is sealed, a flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the outside and the inside of the housing portion between the lid member and the lid member, and when the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed. It is characterized in that the flow passage is configured to be blocked.
  • the flange portion of the packaging container is provided with at least one through hole penetrating the flange portion inside the primary seal region so that the through hole becomes a part of the flow passage. It may be configured.
  • the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the flange portion.
  • the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion formed by deforming a part of the flange portion upward with the crevice as a boundary, and is supported by the flange uppermost portion.
  • the flow passage may be formed between the lid member and the flange portion.
  • a part of the flange portion that is deformed upward may have a curved surface that bulges upward.
  • the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion whose upper surface is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the lid member supported by the flange uppermost portion and the flange portion.
  • the flow passage may be formed between them.
  • the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the through holes may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
  • the upper surface of the primary seal region is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region.
  • the flange portion is configured so that when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region and the lower surface of the lid member. However, it may be configured to be a part of the flow passage.
  • the accommodating portion may include a bottom plate on which the contents are placed, and the upper surface of the bottom plate may have an uneven shape.
  • the packaging container of the present invention further includes a lid member, and the container body and the lid member may be composed of a multilayer structure including at least one gas barrier layer.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic view of an embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic view of the embodiment of the packaging container, and is a side view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II of FIG. 1A.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing each step in the method for manufacturing the packaging container.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step and the food storage step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step and the food storage step of the packaging container, and is a side view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step and the food storage step of the packaging container, and is a side view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VV of FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the primary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 6B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the primary sealing step, and is a side view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VII-VII of FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a side view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IX-IX of FIG. 8A.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX of FIG. 10A.
  • FIG. 11A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 11B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XI-XI of FIG. 11A.
  • FIG. 12A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 12B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XII-XII of FIG. 12A.
  • FIG. 13A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 13B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XIII-XIII of FIG. 13A.
  • FIG. 14A is a schematic view of the packaging container shown in FIG. 12A after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 14B is a schematic view of the packaging container shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 15B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view at the XV-XV position of FIG. 15A.
  • FIG. 16A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 16B is a schematic view after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container, and is a cross-sectional view at the XVI-XVI position of FIG. 16A.
  • FIG. 17A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 17B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 18B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII of FIG. 18A.
  • FIG. 19A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 19B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line of FIG. 19A at the XIX-XIX position.
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 20B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX-XX of FIG. 20A.
  • FIG. 21A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 21B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXI-XXI position of FIG. 21A.
  • FIG. 22A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 22B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXII-XXII of FIG. 22A.
  • FIG. 23A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 23B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIII-XXIII of FIG. 23A.
  • FIG. 24A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 24B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIV-XXIV of FIG. 24A.
  • FIG. 25A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 25B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXV-XXV of FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 26A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view showing a modified example of FIG. 24A.
  • FIG. 26B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a partial plan view showing a modified example of FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 27A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of FIG. 24.
  • FIG. 27B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 28A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container.
  • FIG. 28B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXVIII-XXVIII of FIG. 28A. It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the through hole forming process in the packaging container, and shows the state before the through hole forming process. It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the process of forming a through hole in the packaging container, and shows the process of forming a crevice in a flange portion.
  • FIG. 30A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 30B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 30A.
  • FIG. 30C is a schematic view according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view after the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 31A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 31B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 31A.
  • FIG. 31C is a schematic view according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view after the through hole forming step.
  • FIG. 32A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a first modification.
  • FIG. 32B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a second modification.
  • FIG. 32C is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a third modification.
  • FIGS. 1 to 9. are views showing an embodiment of a packaging container according to the present invention. Further, FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining one embodiment of the packaged food manufacturing method according to the present invention, and FIGS. 4 to 9 are views showing each step of the manufacturing method in order.
  • the packaging container according to the present embodiment sterilizes food as an example of the contents contained therein by exposing it to heated steam as an example of a sterilizing gas, and then seals the contents (for example, food). It is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for stopping and distributing as packaged food.
  • the packaging container 1 includes a container body 4 including an accommodating portion 2 having an opening 20 upward and a flange portion 3 extending outward from the opening edge 21 of the accommodating portion 2.
  • the vertical direction of the packaging container 1 coincides with the vertical direction in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4 to 9. Further, the inner and outer sides of the flange portion 3 coincide with the side near and far from the opening edge 21 of the flange portion 3.
  • the container body 4 is a container that can be closed by a lid member.
  • the container body 4 of the present embodiment has a tray shape, but any shape such as a cup shape or a bottle shape can be adopted.
  • the material of the container body 4 is a synthetic resin.
  • the thickness of the container body 4 is non-uniform depending on the parts, but may be the same at any part.
  • the thickness of the flange portion 3 is larger than the thickness of the accommodating portion 2.
  • the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 are composed of one member. Specifically, the container body 4 is formed by molding a single sheet.
  • the lid member of the present embodiment has flexibility.
  • the lid member is made of, for example, a synthetic resin film material.
  • the film material constituting the lid member is a biaxially stretched plastic film material.
  • the storage unit 2 is a part that stores food.
  • the accommodating portion 2 of the present embodiment includes a bottom plate 22 located below. Further, the accommodating portion 2 includes a side wall 23 extending upward from the outer peripheral edge of the bottom plate 22.
  • the bottom plate 22 is, for example, a rectangular plate with rounded corners. Further, the bottom plate 22 has a bottom plate upper surface 220 that comes into contact with food, and a bottom plate lower surface 221 that is a surface that is placed on the mounting surface when the container body 4 is placed on the mounting surface.
  • the bottom plate upper surface 220 has an uneven shape. Specifically, a plurality of bottom plate protrusions 222 projecting upward from the bottom plate upper surface 220 are provided at the central portion of the bottom plate upper surface 220 excluding the four corners. Further, each of the four corners of the bottom plate upper surface 220 is composed of a bottom plate inclined surface 223 located higher toward a portion closer to the apex of the corner.
  • Each of the bottom plate protrusions 222 is arranged at substantially even or unevenly spaced intervals.
  • a steam flow section through which steam flows is formed between the pair of bottom plate protrusions 222 and 222.
  • the bottom plate protrusion 222 supports the contents housed in the container body 4 in the form of point contact or line contact, for example. Further, the protrusion 222 is designed so that the contact area between the bottom plate protrusion 222 and the content is reduced as much as possible.
  • a plurality of steam flow portions formed between the bottom plate protrusions 222 and 222 are arranged at substantially equal intervals. According to such a configuration, when the contents (for example, food) contained in the container body 4 are sterilized by steam, not only the upper surface and the side surface of the contents but also the upper surface and the side surface of the contents are sterilized through the steam flow passage formed at the bottom. , Steam can also flow in from the underside of the contents. This allows for more even and more efficient sterilization of the contents with steam.
  • the height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is not necessarily limited, but is, for example, 2 mm or more, 3 mm or more, or 4 mm with reference to the innermost lower surface of the bottom of the container (that is, the lowest height on the inner surface of the container body 4). That is all.
  • the height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is not necessarily limited, but is, for example, 15 mm or less, 13 mm or less, or 10 mm or less with respect to the innermost lower surface of the bottom of the container. When the height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is within such a range, steam can be more easily flowed into the steam flow passage, and steam sterilization on the lower surface side of the contents can be performed more effectively.
  • the height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 may be 10% or more and 40% or less of the depth of the container body 4 (that is, the distance from the opening 20 of the container body 4 to the lowest portion of the inner surface in the vertical direction). preferable. According to this configuration, since the cross-sectional area of the steam flow passage is increased, steam is more likely to flow into the steam flow passage, and steam sterilization on the lower surface side of the contents can be performed more effectively.
  • the bottom plate inclined surface 223 is provided to eliminate the corner portion of the accommodating portion 2.
  • the bottom plate inclined surface 223 prevents the food from accumulating in the vicinity of the corners of the bottom plate 22 when the food stored in the storage portion 2 is taken out, and makes it easy to take out the food from the storage portion 2.
  • the bottom plate inclined surface 223 is arranged in a state of being spaced apart from the bottom plate protrusion 222.
  • the side wall 23 is configured so that, for example, a portion located above the side wall 23 expands in a plan view.
  • the upper end edge of the side wall 23 constitutes the opening edge 21 of the accommodating portion 2.
  • the flange portion 3 is a portion to be sealed with the lid member.
  • the flange portion 3 is provided, for example, on the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction.
  • the flange portion 3 of the present embodiment has a substantially plate shape, and is arranged in an annular shape so as to surround the accommodating portion 2 in a plan view.
  • the flange portion 3 is an annular shape having four corner portions in a plan view.
  • the flange portion 3 has a flange upper surface 30 facing upward and a flange lower surface 35 facing downward. Further, the flange portion 3 has a lid member covering the opening 20 and a primary sealing region 31 to be sealed in the primary sealing step, and a secondary sealing region 32 to be sealed with the lid member in the secondary sealing step. Further, the flange portion 3 has a flange uppermost portion 33 and a flange lower portion 34.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 has a flange uppermost upper surface 330 located at the uppermost position of the flange upper surface 30.
  • the flange lower portion 34 has a flange lower upper surface 340 located below the flange uppermost upper surface 330.
  • the flange portion 3 of the present embodiment has a through region 36 provided with a through hole penetrating the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 1A).
  • the through hole that is, the through region 36 is located inside the primary seal region 31.
  • the through hole provided in the through region 36 penetrates between the flange lower surface 35 and the flange upper surface 30. Further, in the flange portion 3 of the present embodiment, a plurality of through regions 36 are provided.
  • the number of through regions 36 provided in the flange portion 3 may be one, but both the through holes for allowing gas to flow into the flange portion 3 and the through holes for allowing gas to flow out from inside the flange portion 3 are flanged. Since it is preferable to provide it in the part 3, a plurality of parts is preferable. Specifically, in the flange portion 3, the number of through regions 36 is the same as the number of corner portions of the flange portion 3 (for example, four in the present embodiment).
  • the primary seal region 31 is a part of the flange portion 3 and is an region for temporarily sealing the lid member and the flange portion 3 by the primary seal process.
  • the primary sealing step is performed after the food is stored in the storage unit 2 and before the stored food is sterilized.
  • the primary seal region 31 of this embodiment is located on the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3. Further, the primary seal region 31 is continuous in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, the primary seal region 31 extends inward of the outer peripheral edge of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 and continuously extends in the circumferential direction. More specifically, the primary seal region 31 extends inward of the outer peripheral edge of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 and continuously extends over the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction.
  • the secondary seal area 32 is an area in which the lid member and the flange portion 3 are sealed in the secondary seal process as the sealing process.
  • the secondary sealing step is performed after sterilizing the food contained in the container 2.
  • the secondary seal region 32 is at least a part of the flange portion 3. Further, the secondary seal region 32 may include a region that overlaps (same) as the primary seal region 31.
  • the secondary seal region 32 of the present embodiment is the entire area of the flange portion 3.
  • the position (height) of the upper surface 30 of the flange portion 3 in the vertical direction is non-uniform because the flange portion 3 includes the uppermost flange portion 33 and the lower flange portion 34 (see FIG. 1B).
  • the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a portion where the upper surface is relatively upward.
  • the upper surface 330 of the uppermost flange of the present embodiment is located, for example, 1 mm or more above the upper surface 340 of the lower flange.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 may support the lid member above the flange lower upper surface 340 after the primary sealing step and before the secondary sealing step.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 is a convex portion formed by partially extruding the flange portion 3 from the lower side to the upper side. As a result, the upper surface 330 of the uppermost portion of the flange projects upward.
  • the uppermost flange 33 of the present embodiment is hollow, but may be solid.
  • the flange portion 3 of the present embodiment is provided with a flange uppermost portion 33 having a different shape.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 includes a first flange uppermost portion 33A having an elliptical shape in a plan view and a second flange uppermost portion 33B having a circular shape in a plan view. ..
  • Both the first flange uppermost portion 33A and the second flange uppermost portion 33B are convex portions in which the flange uppermost upper surface 330 has a curved surface shape.
  • each of the first flange uppermost portion 33A and the second flange uppermost portion 33B is a convex portion whose height (dimensions in the vertical direction) is smaller than the outer diameter in a plan view.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 of the present embodiment is provided in the vicinity of the penetration region 36.
  • at least one of the flange uppermost portions 33 is provided inside the penetration region 36.
  • All of the flange uppermost portions 33 of the present embodiment are provided inside the penetration region 36.
  • a plurality (for example, one pair) of flange uppermost portions 33 are provided inside each through region 36.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 may be provided one by one inside the flange uppermost portion 33 so as to correspond to each through region 36, but the lid member is supported by the plurality of flange uppermost portions 33 after performing the primary sealing step. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a plurality of them.
  • the lower flange 34 is a portion where the upper surface is relatively downward.
  • the lower flange portion 34 of the present embodiment is a portion of the flange portion 3 excluding the uppermost flange portion 33.
  • the penetration region 36 is arranged at an opposite position that sandwiches the accommodating portion 2, for example.
  • the through regions 36 are formed at four locations in total, one at each corner of the flange portion 3 in a plan view. It is preferable that the shapes of the penetrating regions 36 are all the same.
  • the penetration region 36 is a concave portion recessed downward. Further, the penetration region 36 has a circular shape in a plan view. Specifically, the penetrating region 36 is a recess that is recessed downward in a substantially hemispherical shape.
  • a groove 360 is further formed in the recess of the penetration region 36 in the present embodiment. Specifically, the upper surface 361 of the penetration region 36 is recessed downward, and the upper surface 361 is provided with a groove portion 360 recessed downward.
  • the shape of the groove portion 360 is, for example, a cross shape that intersects at the lowest point, which is the lowest point of the penetration region 36 (for example, substantially orthogonal to this lowest point).
  • the groove portion 360 has a shape that extends radially from the center of the penetration region 36 in a plan view.
  • the width of the groove portion 360 (dimension in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the groove portion 360) is, for example, 0.5 mm.
  • the sterilization treatment method in one embodiment contains food as a content, and as main steps, a food storage step, a through hole forming step, a primary sealing step, a sterilizing step, and a secondary sealing step are sequentially performed. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, a food storage step, a through hole forming step, a primary sealing step, a degassing step, a sterilization step, a cooling step, a gas replacement step, and a secondary sealing step are performed in this order.
  • each step in this embodiment will be described.
  • the case where the packaging container 1 of the said embodiment is used will be described.
  • a through hole penetrating the through region 36 inside the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3 A through hole forming step of forming 38 is performed.
  • the food F for example, any food such as daily food, that is, food cooked and processed in a food factory or the like, chilled processed food, or the like can be adopted.
  • the through hole 38 of the present embodiment is formed by forming a crevice 380 in a part of the through region 36.
  • the through region 36 is located below the surrounding region in a state where the outer peripheral edge 363 of the through region 36 is continuous with the region around the through region 36 of the flange portion 3. It will be in the state of.
  • the penetrating region 36 is located below the region around the penetrating region 36 of the flange portion 3 with the outer peripheral edge 363 of the penetrating region 36 as a boundary.
  • the crevice 380 is formed by tearing the through region 36 from above.
  • a method of piercing the perforation needle into the penetration region 36 by using a perforation jig (not shown) provided with a perforation needle at the tip can be adopted.
  • the perforation needle is guided by the groove 360 provided in the penetration region 36, pierces the lowest point of the penetration region 36, and the penetration region 36 tears along the groove 360.
  • the penetrating region 36 is divided into four parts with the cross-shaped crevice 380 as a boundary.
  • the primary sealing step of the present embodiment is a step of linearly sealing the primary sealing region 31 and the lid member 5, which are the outer peripheral portions of the flange portion 3, in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 6A). ). Further, in this primary sealing step, the lid member 5 is heat-welded to the primary sealing region 31 by using, for example, a heat sealing machine (not shown).
  • the short-time cooking sterilizer RIC (hereinafter, also simply referred to as RIC) manufactured by Hisaka Works, Ltd.
  • the short-time cooking sterilizer RIC includes a processing tank capable of accommodating food in a container to be processed, a steam supply device for supplying steam to the processing tank, and the inside of the processing tank. It is provided with a decompression device for degassing and creating a vacuum state, and a heating device for heating the inside of the processing tank.
  • the degassing step of degassing the inside of the housing portion 2 is performed before the sterilization step.
  • a process of arranging a plurality of packaging containers 1 in which food F is stored on a tray and the lid member 5 is primarily sealed, and further stacking the trays in a plurality of stages in the vertical direction to form an RIC. Store in a tank. After closing the lid of the treatment tank and sealing the treatment tank, the inside of the treatment tank is degassed to a vacuum state.
  • the air in the accommodating portion 2 is also degassed through the flow passage R, and the inside of the accommodating portion 2 also becomes the same vacuum state as the inside of the processing tank.
  • the heated steam S is supplied into the treatment tank and the temperature in the treatment tank is set to, for example, 100 ° C to 145 ° C.
  • the heated steam S supplied into the processing tank flows from below the flange portion 3 into the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R (through hole 38 and gap C). As a result, the food F stored in the storage unit 2 is sterilized by the heated steam S.
  • the cooling step of cooling the food F is performed after the sterilization step.
  • the inside of the treatment tank is depressurized to discharge the heated steam S, and the inside of the treatment tank is put into a vacuum state to evaporate the water content and remove latent heat from the food F, so that the food F is cooled.
  • the lid of the processing tank is opened and the packaging container 1 containing the food F is taken out together with the tray.
  • a gas replacement step is carried out.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or carbon dioxide gas is supplied into the accommodating portion 2 via the flow passage R.
  • the gas replacement step and the secondary sealing step of the present embodiment are performed in a state where the packaging container 1 is placed on the mold of the heat sealing machine.
  • the mold is provided with a supply path capable of supplying the inert gas through the through hole 38 formed in the container body 4 when the packaging container 1 is placed.
  • the inert gas is supplied to any one of the four through holes 38 via the mold supply path.
  • the mold also has an air discharge path formed at a position corresponding to the remaining three through holes 38, and the air in the packaging container 1 extruded by the supplied inert gas is released. , It is discharged to the outside through the discharge path.
  • a secondary sealing step of sealing the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 is performed.
  • the packaged food 6 composed of the packaging container 1, the lid member 5, and the food F can be obtained.
  • the secondary sealing step of the present embodiment is a step of sealing the secondary sealing region 32, which is the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3, and the lid member 5 in a planar shape.
  • the lid member 5 is heat-welded to the secondary sealing region 32 by using a heat sealing machine (not shown).
  • the heat-sealing machine includes the mold (reception mold) on which the container body 4 is placed and gas-replaced, and a mold (heat-sealing mold) that presses the lid member 5 from above.
  • the packaging container is quickly sealed while being placed on the receiving mold after gas replacement, so that the oxygen concentration in the packaging container 1 can be maintained in an extremely low state.
  • the secondary seal region 32 of the packaging container 1 covers the entire area of the flange portion 3, the entire area of the flange portion 3 is pressurized from above and below when performing the secondary seal, and as shown in FIG.
  • the through hole 38 is closed, the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is also crushed, and the gap C is also closed.
  • the through hole 38 is closed only by the lid member 5, but the upper surface becomes a flat surface when the secondary sealing is performed.
  • the entire area of the flange portion 3 except the flange uppermost portion 33 may be pressurized from the vertical direction. In this case, the gap C is closed with the uppermost portion 33 of the flange remaining without being crushed.
  • the food F is stored in the storage portion 2, the through hole 38 is provided in the through region 36 of the flange portion 3, and then the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3 are sealed. Further, the packaged food 6 that seals the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 of the flange portion 3 after sterilizing the food F by circulating the heated steam S through the flow passage R in the accommodating portion 2. Can be suitably used as the packaging container 1 of the above.
  • the uppermost 33 of the flange holds the gap C included in the flow passage R when the food F is sterilized. To do. Therefore, the heated steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2 while the state in which the gap C is not closed by the flange uppermost portion 33 is surely maintained.
  • the lid member 5 is located on the flow passage R, that is, the flow passage R is not exposed on the lid member 5, so that the falling bacteria enter the packaging container 1 through the flow passage R. Hard to mix. Further, since the secondary seal region 32 is sealed with the lid member 5 to close the flow passage R, the packaging container 1 is formed by the secondary seal between the lid member 5 and the container body 4. Food F can be completely sealed.
  • the through hole 38 is provided by forming a crevice 380 in a part of the through region 36 (see FIG. 5), a part of the flange portion 3 is broken when the through hole 38 is formed. No fragments of the flange portion 3 are generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent debris from the flange portion 3 from being mixed into the accommodating portion 2.
  • the through region 36 is a concave portion recessed downward (see FIG. 2)
  • the perforation needle is pierced into the recessed through region 36. Therefore, the perforated portion of the penetration region 36 is held while being positioned below the other region of the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 5), and it is difficult to return upward from the state of being positioned below this.
  • the through region 36 is arranged at a position sandwiching the accommodating portion 2 (see FIG. 1A), if the through hole 38 is provided at this position, the through hole 38 is accommodated. By circulating the gas from both sides of the part 2 (see FIG. 4A), uneven heating of the food F can be suppressed.
  • the container body 4 and the lid member 5 used in the present embodiment preferably have a gas barrier layer. That is, it is preferable that the container body 4 and the lid member 5 are composed of a multilayer structure including at least one oxygen barrier layer.
  • a gas barrier layer By providing the container body 4 and the lid member 5 with a gas barrier layer, the growth of aerobic bacteria after the sterilization treatment can be suppressed more efficiently, so that the quality retention period achieved in the square embodiment can be extended. ..
  • an oxygen barrier layer can be considered.
  • the oxygen barrier layer is a layer having a function of preventing the permeation of gas. For example, it conforms to JIS-K7126-2 (2006) Part 2 (isobaric method) under the conditions of 20 ° C. and 65% RH.
  • the layer has an oxygen permeability of 100 cc ⁇ 20 ⁇ m / (m2 ⁇ day ⁇ atm) or less, preferably 50 cc ⁇ 20 ⁇ m / (m2 ⁇ day ⁇ atm) or less, more preferably 10 cc ⁇ 20 ⁇ m / (m2 ⁇ day ⁇ atm) or less. ⁇ Atm)
  • the following layers are:
  • the oxygen permeability of "10 cc / 20 ⁇ m / (m2 / day / atm)" means one day under 1 atm of oxygen in a barrier material of 20 ⁇ m (meaning that it is composed of an oxygen barrier layer alone).
  • the oxygen permeation amount of is 10 cc.
  • the oxygen barrier layer is, for example, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (hereinafter, also referred to as “EVOH”), a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element, processed starch, polyamide, polyester, polyvinylidene chloride, and acrylonitrile. Includes gas barrier materials such as copolymers, polyvinylidene fluoride, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinyl alcohol, inorganic layered compounds, inorganic vapor deposition layers, and metal foils.
  • the oxygen barrier layer preferably contains EVOH, polyamide, and modified starch, or a combination thereof, because it has good oxygen barrier properties and melt moldability, and has particularly excellent melt moldability. It is more preferable to contain EVOH for the reason that it is contained.
  • EVOH EVOH
  • EVOH can be obtained, for example, by saponifying an ethylene-vinyl ester copolymer.
  • the ethylene-vinyl ester copolymer can be produced and saponified by a known method.
  • vinyl esters that can be used in this method include fatty acid vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl formate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, and vinyl versatic acid.
  • the ethylene unit content of EVOH is preferably, for example, 20 mol% or more, 22 mol% or more, or 24 mol% or more.
  • the ethylene unit content of EVOH is preferably, for example, 60 mol% or less, 55 mol% or less, or 50 mol% or less.
  • the ethylene unit content in such EVOH can be measured by, for example, a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) method.
  • the saponification degree of the vinyl ester component of EVOH is preferably, for example, 80 mol% or more, 90 mol% or more, or 99 mol% or more.
  • the oxygen barrier property of the oxygen barrier layer can be enhanced.
  • the saponification degree of the vinyl ester component of EVOH may be, for example, 100% or less and 99.99% or less.
  • the degree of saponification of EVOH can be calculated by measuring the peak area of hydrogen atoms contained in the vinyl ester structure and the peak area of hydrogen atoms contained in the vinyl alcohol structure by 1H-NMR measurement. When the saponification degree of EVOH is within the above range, it is possible to provide good oxygen barrier properties to the oxygen barrier layer constituting the container body 4 and the lid member 5.
  • EVOH may also have units derived from ethylene and vinyl esters and other monomers other than saponified products thereof, as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the content of the other monomeric units in the total structural units of EVOH is, for example, 30 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less or It is 5 mol% or less.
  • EVOH has a unit derived from the other monomer, its content is, for example, 0.05 mol% or more or 0.1 mol% or more.
  • EVOH may have include, for example, alkenes such as propylene, butylene, penten, hexene; 3-acyloxy-1-propene, 3-acyloxy-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-. 1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-1-butene, 3-acyloxy-4-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-1-butene, 3-acyloxy-4- Methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-2-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-3-methyl-1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-2-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-1- Penten, 5-Asiloxy-1-Pentene, 4,5-Diacyroxy 1-Pentene, 4-Acyloxy-1-hexene, 5-Acyloxy-1-hexene, 6-Acyloxy-1-hexene,
  • the EVOH may be an EVOH modified by a method such as urethanization, acetalization, cyanoethylation, or oxyalkyleneization.
  • the EVOH modified in this way tends to improve the melt moldability of the oxygen barrier layer.
  • EVOH As the EVOH, two or more types of EVOH having different ethylene unit content, degree of saponification, copolymer component, presence / absence of modification, type of modification, etc. may be used in combination.
  • EVOH can be obtained by a known method such as a massive polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, or an emulsion polymerization method.
  • a massive or solution polymerization method is used in which the polymerization can proceed in a solvent-free solution or in a solution such as alcohol.
  • the solvent used in the solution polymerization method is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an alcohol, preferably a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, or propanol.
  • the amount of the solvent used in the polymerization reaction solution may be selected in consideration of the viscosity average degree of polymerization of the target EVOH and the chain transfer of the solvent, and the mass ratio of the solvent contained in the reaction solution to all the monomers (solvent). / Total monomer) is, for example, 0.01 to 10, preferably 0.05 to 3.
  • Examples of the catalyst used for the above polymerization include 2,2-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2-azobis- (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 2,2-azobis- (4-methoxy).
  • Azo-based initiators such as -2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 2,2-azobis- (2-cyclopropylpropionitrile); isobutyryl peroxide, cumylperoxyneodecanoate, diisopropylperoxycarbonate,
  • Examples thereof include organic peroxide-based initiators such as di-n-propylperoxydicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, lauroyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, and t-butyl hydroperoxide.
  • the polymerization temperature is preferably 20 ° C. to 90 ° C., more preferably 40 ° C. to 70 ° C.
  • the polymerization time is preferably 2 hours to 15 hours, more preferably 3 hours to 11 hours.
  • the polymerization rate is preferably 10% to 90%, more preferably 30% to 80% with respect to the charged vinyl ester.
  • the resin content in the solution after polymerization is preferably 5% to 85%, more preferably 20% to 70%.
  • a polymerization inhibitor may be added as necessary to evaporate and remove unreacted ethylene gas to remove unreacted vinyl ester. ..
  • an alkaline catalyst is added to the copolymer solution to saponify the copolymer.
  • the saponification method either a continuous method or a batch method may be adopted.
  • the alkali catalyst that can be added include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, alkali metal alcoholate and the like.
  • EVOH after the saponification reaction contains an alkaline catalyst, by-products such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate, and other impurities. Therefore, it is preferable to remove them by neutralizing or washing as necessary.
  • water containing almost no predetermined ions for example, metal ions and chloride ions
  • by-products such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate are produced.
  • the salts may not be completely removed and some of them may remain.
  • EVOH is another thermoplastic resin, metal salt, acid, boron compound, plasticizer, filler, blocking inhibitor, lubricant, stabilizer, surfactant, colorant, ultraviolet absorber, antistatic agent, desiccant, cross-linking agent. , Reinforcing materials such as various fibers, and other components may be contained. It is preferable to contain a metal salt and an acid because the oxygen barrier layer has good thermal stability and adhesiveness to other resins.
  • the metal salt it is preferable to use an alkali metal salt from the viewpoint of improving interlayer adhesion, and it is preferable to use an alkaline earth metal salt from the viewpoint of improving thermal stability.
  • the content thereof is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 5 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 20 ppm or more in terms of metal atoms of the metal salt with respect to EVOH.
  • the content thereof is, for example, 10,000 ppm or less, 5000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less in terms of metal atoms of the metal salt with respect to EVOH.
  • the content of the metal salt is within the range composed of the lower limit and the upper limit, the thermal stability of EVOH when recycling the container body 4 is maintained while maintaining good interlayer adhesion of the oxygen barrier layer. Tends to keep good.
  • Examples of the acid include carboxylic acid compounds and phosphoric acid compounds. These acids are useful in that they can enhance the thermal stability of EVOH during melt molding.
  • the content of carboxylic acid that is, the content of carboxylic acid in the dry composition of the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH
  • the content of the carboxylic acid compound is, for example, 10000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less.
  • the phosphoric acid content (that is, the phosphoric acid root equivalent content of the phosphoric acid compound in the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH) is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 30 ppm or more. ..
  • the content of the phosphoric acid compound is, for example, 10000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 300 ppm or less.
  • EVOH contains the above-mentioned boron compound
  • its content (that is, the boron-equivalent content of the boron compound in the dry composition of the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH) is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 50 ppm or more. is there.
  • the content of the boron compound is, for example, 2000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less.
  • the method for incorporating the carboxylic acid compound, the phosphoric acid compound, or the boron compound into the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH is not particularly limited, and for example, these are added and kneaded at the time of pelletizing the composition containing EVOH. You may.
  • the method of adding the carboxylic acid compound, the phosphoric acid compound, or the boron compound is not particularly limited, and the method of adding as a dry powder, the method of adding in the form of a paste impregnated with a predetermined solvent, or the method of suspending in a predetermined liquid
  • examples thereof include a method of adding in a state of being added, a method of dissolving in a predetermined solvent and adding as a solution, a method of immersing in a predetermined solution, and the like.
  • these compounds can be uniformly dispersed in EVOH, it is preferable to adopt a method of dissolving them in a predetermined solvent and adding them as a solution, and a method of immersing them in a predetermined solution.
  • the solvent used in such a method is not particularly limited, but water is preferable in consideration of the solubility, cost, ease of handling, safety of the working environment, and the like of these compounds added as additives.
  • the proportion of EVOH in the oxygen barrier layer is, for example, 60% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 80% by mass or more, 90% by mass or more, or It is 100% by mass.
  • the term "main component of the oxygen barrier layer" used in the present specification refers to a component having the largest mass% among the components constituting the oxygen barrier layer.
  • the average thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more, 5 ⁇ m or more, or 10 ⁇ m or more, and the average thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is For example, 100 ⁇ m or less, or 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the term "average thickness of oxygen barrier layer” used in the present specification refers to the total thickness of the entire oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH as a main component contained in the multilayer structure. It refers to the value divided by the number of layers.
  • the composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element has a barrier layer formed by the reaction of the phosphorus compound and the compound of the polyvalent metal.
  • a solution containing a phosphorus compound and a solution or dispersion containing a compound of a polyvalent metal are mixed to prepare a coating agent, and the coating agent is applied onto a substrate to obtain a compound of the polyvalent metal. It can be formed by reacting with a phosphorus compound.
  • a bond represented by MOP is formed between the polyvalent metal atom M and the phosphorus atom.
  • the MOP bond can be observed in the region where the characteristic absorption band in the infrared absorption spectrum is 1080 cm-1 to 1130 cm-1, and in the infrared absorption spectrum of the composite structure, 800 cm-1 to 1400 cm-1.
  • the maximum absorbed wave number in this region is preferably in the range of 1080 cm-1 to 1130 cm-1. When the maximum absorbed wave number of the composite structure is within the above range, the composite structure tends to have an excellent oxygen barrier property.
  • the base material to which the coating agent is applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins; fiber aggregates such as fabrics and papers; wood; glass and the like.
  • a thermoplastic resin and a fiber aggregate are preferable, and a thermoplastic resin is more preferable.
  • the form of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be a layer such as a film or a sheet.
  • the base material one made of a thermoplastic resin film and paper is more preferable, and a thermoplastic resin film is further preferable. Polyester is preferable as the thermoplastic resin film, and polyethylene terephthalate is more preferable because it can impart good mechanical strength to the composite structure.
  • the polyvalent metal element is not particularly limited as long as it is a polyvalent metal element capable of reacting two or more molecules of a phosphorus compound, and any element can be used.
  • the polyvalent metal element may be a semi-multivalent metal element.
  • examples of polyvalent metal elements include elements such as magnesium, calcium, zinc, aluminum, silicon, titanium and zirconium. Aluminum is particularly preferable.
  • the compound of the polyvalent metal element is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the phosphorus compound to form a composite structure, and any compound can be used.
  • the polyvalent metal compound may be used as a solution dissolved in a solvent or as a dispersion liquid in which fine particles of the polyvalent metal compound are dispersed in a solvent.
  • an aqueous solution containing aluminum nitrate as a polyvalent metal compound may be used. Can be used.
  • fine particles of the multivalent metal compound may be dispersed in water or an aqueous solvent and used as a dispersion liquid.
  • a dispersion a dispersion of aluminum oxide fine particles is preferable.
  • fine particles of a multivalent metal oxide have a hydroxyl group on its surface, and the presence of the hydroxyl group can react with the phosphorus compound to form the bond.
  • Fine particles of a polyvalent metal oxide can be synthesized, for example, by using a compound in which a hydrolyzable characteristic group is bonded to a metal atom as a raw material, hydrolyzing the compound, and condensing the hydrolysis product. Examples of raw materials include aluminum chloride, aluminum triethoxydo, and aluminum isopropoxide.
  • the method for condensing the hydrolysis products examples include a liquid phase synthesis method such as a sol-gel method.
  • the fine particles of the polyvalent metal oxide preferably have a spherical, flat, polyhedral, fibrous, or needle-like morphology, and are fibrous or fibrous because the oxygen barrier property can be enhanced. It preferably has a needle-like shape.
  • the average particle size of the polyvalent metal oxide fine particles is preferably 1 nm or more and 100 nm or less in order to enhance the oxygen barrier property and transparency.
  • the phosphorus compound is not particularly limited as long as it can react with a compound of a polyvalent metal to form the above bond, and any phosphorus compound can be used.
  • the phosphorus compound include a phosphoric acid-based compound and a derivative thereof. Specific examples include phosphoric acid, polyphosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, and phosphonic acid.
  • the polyphosphoric acid include pyrophosphate, triphosphate, and polyphosphoric acid obtained by condensing four or more phosphoric acids.
  • the derivative of the phosphoric acid-based compound include phosphates, esters (for example, trimethyl phosphate), halides, and dehydrated products (for example, phosphorus pentoxide).
  • This phosphorus compound can be used as a solution, for example, it can be used as an aqueous solution using water as a solvent or a solution containing a hydrophilic organic solvent such as a lower alcohol solution.
  • the coating agent can be obtained by mixing a solution or dispersion of a polyvalent metal compound with a solution of a phosphorus compound.
  • Other components may be added to the coating agent.
  • other components include polymer compounds, metal complexes, viscosity compounds, cross-linking agents, plasticizers, antioxidants, UV absorbers, flame retardants and the like.
  • polymer compounds include polyvinyl alcohols, partially saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, polyhydroxyethyl (meth) acrylates, polysaccharides (eg starch), acrylic polymers (eg polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, acrylics).
  • Acid-methacrylic acid copolymers and their salts, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, isobutylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, Examples thereof include an ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer and a saponified product of an ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer.
  • the coating film obtained by applying the above coating agent, removing the solvent, and drying is, for example, heat-treated to react the polyvalent metal compound with the phosphorus compound to form the above bond, thereby forming phosphorus and poly.
  • a composite structure containing a valent metal element can be formed.
  • the temperature used for the heat treatment is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, further preferably 140 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 170 ° C. or higher. When the temperature adopted for the heat treatment is low, it takes more time to form a sufficient bond, which may reduce the productivity.
  • the upper limit of the temperature adopted for the heat treatment varies depending on the type of the base film, and is, for example, 240 ° C. or 220 ° C.
  • the time required for the heat treatment is, for example, 0.1 seconds or more, 1 second or more, or 5 seconds or more.
  • the time required for the heat treatment is, for example, 1 hour or less, 15 minutes or less, or 5 minutes or less.
  • such a heat treatment may be performed in an air atmosphere, a nitrogen atmosphere, or an argon atmosphere.
  • the lower limit of the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component is, for example, 0.05 ⁇ m or more, or 0.1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component is, for example, 4 ⁇ m or less, or 2 ⁇ m or less.
  • the term "the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component" as used in the present specification means the above-mentioned composite structure included in the multilayer structure.
  • the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer is smaller than the above lower limit, it becomes difficult to form a layer having a uniform thickness, and the durability of the obtained multilayer structure may be lowered. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer exceeds the above upper limit, the flexibility, stretchability, thermal formation, etc. of the obtained multilayer structure may decrease.
  • modified starch The starch used as a raw material for modified starch is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those derived from wheat, corn, tapioca, potato, rice, embuck, arrowroot, and pea raw material.
  • starch high amylose starch is preferable, and high amylose corn starch and high amylose tapioca starch are more preferable.
  • the modified starch is preferably a starch obtained by chemically modifying the starch so that the hydroxy group is substituted with a functional group which is an ether, an ester or a combination thereof.
  • the modified starch may be one obtained by modifying the starch so as to contain a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or one obtained by reacting the starch with a carboxylic acid anhydride. preferable.
  • the processed starch is obtained by modifying the above starch so as to contain a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • the processed starch has a functional group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent of the processed starch.
  • a hydroxyethyl group or a hydroxybutyl group capable of producing a hydroxyether substituent for example, and the processed starch is modified by reacting the starch with a carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a carboxylic acid anhydride As the functional group, a butanoic acid ester or a lower homologous group is preferable, and an acetate ester is more preferable.
  • Dicarboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic acid, phthalic acid or octenyl succinic anhydride can also be used to produce ester derivatives.
  • hydroxypropylated amylose starch containing a hydroxypropyl group is preferable, and hydroxypropylated high amylose starch is more preferable.
  • the degree of substitution of modified starch is represented by the average number of substituents per anhydrous glucose unit, and the maximum value is usually 3, and the degree of substitution of the modified starch is preferably 0.05 or more and less than 1.5.
  • Modified starch may contain other starches.
  • Other starches include, for example, a mixture of high amylose starch and low amylose starch.
  • Modified starch may contain water.
  • water can act as a plasticizer.
  • the water content is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less.
  • the water content of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is generally the equilibrium water content at relative humidity under the usage environment.
  • Modified starch may contain one or more water-soluble polymers.
  • the water-soluble polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. In particular, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable.
  • the content of one or more water-soluble polymers is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less.
  • the content of the one or more water-soluble polymers is, for example, 1% by mass or more, or 4% by mass or more.
  • Modified starch may contain one or more plasticizers.
  • the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but a polyol is preferable.
  • examples of the polyol include sorbitol, glycerol, maltitol, and xylitol, and combinations thereof.
  • the content of one or more plasticizers in the modified starch is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less.
  • Modified starch may contain a lubricant.
  • lubricants include fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, fatty acid salts having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • the content of the lubricant in the modified starch is, for example, 5% by mass or less.
  • the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 100 ⁇ m or more.
  • the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is, for example, 1000 ⁇ m or less, or 800 ⁇ m or less.
  • the term "average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component" as used in the present specification refers to the entire oxygen barrier layer containing the modified starch contained in the multilayer structure as a main component. It refers to the value obtained by dividing the total thickness of the oxygen barrier layer by the number of layers of the oxygen barrier layer.
  • the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer is smaller than the above lower limit, it becomes difficult to form a layer having a uniform thickness, and the durability of the obtained multilayer structure may be lowered. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer exceeds the above upper limit, the flexibility, stretchability, thermal formation, etc. of the obtained multilayer structure may decrease.
  • the barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is, for example, a layer that exhibits barrier properties due to the inorganic layered compound when the inorganic layered compound is dispersed in the thermoplastic resin.
  • the thermoplastic resin used for the barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyamides and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers.
  • the inorganic layered compound examples include inorganic layered compounds such as swelling mica, clay, montmorillonite, smectite, and hydrotalcite. Further, the inorganic layered compound may be an organically treated organically modified inorganic layered compound.
  • the inorganic layered compound is composed of, for example, plate-like crystals, and has an arbitrary appearance such as circular, non-circular, elliptical, substantially oval, and substantially cocoon-shaped.
  • the inorganic layered compound preferably has an average length of long sides of plate crystals that can be measured by an electron microscope and satisfies a predetermined range.
  • the average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound is preferably 70 nm or more, more preferably 80 nm or more, and even more preferably 90 nm or more.
  • the inorganic layered compound is oriented in the film surface due to the stress generated during stretching, but if the average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound is less than 70 nm, the degree of orientation is insufficient and sufficient oxygen permeation performance is obtained. It may not be obtained.
  • the average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound may be 2000 nm or less.
  • the inorganic layered compound does not contain a coarse substance having a thickness of more than 2 ⁇ m.
  • the inorganic layered compound contains a coarse substance exceeding 2 ⁇ m, the transparency and stretchability may decrease.
  • the content of the inorganic layered compound in the barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is preferably 0.3 to 20% by mass based on the mass of the barrier layer.
  • the inorganic vapor deposition layer is, for example, a barrier layer obtained by depositing an inorganic substance on a base material.
  • the base material that can form the inorganic vapor deposition layer include resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins; fiber aggregates such as fabrics and papers; wood; glass and the like. Thermoplastic resins and fiber aggregates are preferred, with thermoplastic resins being more preferred.
  • the base material is composed of the above resin, it is preferable that the base material has a layered form such as a film or a sheet.
  • thermoplastic resin used for the base material examples include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and copolymers thereof; Polyamide-based resins such as nylon-6, nylon-66, and nylon-12; hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers; polystyrene; poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; polyacrylonitrile; polyvinyl acetate; Examples thereof include polycarbonate; polyarylate; regenerated cellulose; polyimide; polyetherimide; polysulfone; polyethersulphon; polyether ether ketone; ionomer resin and the like. At least one thermoplastic resin selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon-6, and nylon-66 is preferred.
  • the base material When a film made of a thermoplastic resin is used as a base material, the base material may be either a stretched film or a non-stretched film. Since the obtained multilayer structure is excellent in processability (printing, laminating, etc.), it is preferably a stretched film, and more preferably a biaxially stretched film.
  • the biaxially stretched film may be a biaxially stretched film produced by any one of a simultaneous biaxial stretching method, a sequential biaxial stretching method, and a tubular stretching method.
  • Examples of papers that can be used as the base material include kraft paper, high-quality paper, imitation paper, glassin paper, parchment paper, synthetic paper, white paperboard, Manila balls, milk carton base paper, cup base paper, and ivory paper.
  • the thickness thereof is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 1,000 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, and 9 ⁇ m, because the mechanical strength and workability of the obtained multilayer structure are improved. It is more preferably about 200 ⁇ m.
  • the inorganic substance examples include metals such as aluminum, tin, indium, nickel, titanium and chromium; metal oxides such as silicon oxide and aluminum oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; metal nitride oxides such as silicon oxynitride; charcoal. Examples thereof include metal nitrides such as silicon nitride.
  • An inorganic vapor-deposited layer formed from any one of aluminum, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, magnesium oxide, silicon nitride, etc., or a combination thereof is preferable because it has an excellent barrier property against oxygen or water vapor.
  • the method for forming the inorganic vapor deposition layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a vacuum vapor deposition method (for example, resistance heating vapor deposition method, electron beam deposition method, molecular beam epitaxy method, etc.), ion plating method, sputtering method (dual magnetron sputtering, etc.), etc.
  • a vacuum vapor deposition method for example, resistance heating vapor deposition method, electron beam deposition method, molecular beam epitaxy method, etc.
  • ion plating method for example, resistance heating vapor deposition method, electron beam deposition method, molecular beam epitaxy method, etc.
  • ion plating method for example, ion plating method, sputtering method (dual magnetron sputtering, etc.), etc.
  • thermochemical vapor deposition method eg, catalytic chemical vapor deposition method
  • photochemical vapor deposition method e.g, photochemical vapor deposition method
  • plasma chemical vapor deposition method e.g, capacitive coupling plasma method, induced coupling plasma method, surface
  • Chemical vapor deposition methods such as wave plasma method, electron cyclotron resonance plasma method, etc.
  • atomic layer deposition method organic metal vapor deposition method, etc.
  • the thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer varies depending on the type of the components constituting the inorganic thin-film deposition layer, but is preferably 0.002 ⁇ m to 0.5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.005 ⁇ m to 0.2 ⁇ m, and further preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 0.1 ⁇ m. preferable. Within this range, it is possible to select a thickness that improves the barrier properties and mechanical properties of the multilayer structure. If the thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer is less than 0.002 ⁇ m, the reproducibility of the barrier property development of the inorganic vapor-deposited layer against oxygen and water vapor tends to decrease, and when the inorganic thin-film deposition layer does not exhibit sufficient barrier property. There is also. Further, when the thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer exceeds 0.5 ⁇ m, the barrier property of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer tends to be easily lowered when the multilayer structure is pulled or bent.
  • the metal foil is a single-layer or multi-layer structure composed of a metal having excellent malleability.
  • Examples of the metal contained in the metal foil include aluminum.
  • the metal foil has, for example, the form of aluminum foil or aluminum tape.
  • the packaging container having the gas barrier layer as described above it is possible to prevent the invasion of oxygen and maintain the quality of the contained sterilized contents for a longer period of time.
  • the packaging container of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and it goes without saying that various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention.
  • the configuration of one embodiment can be added to the configuration of another embodiment, and a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment.
  • some of the configurations of certain embodiments can be deleted.
  • the uppermost flange portions 33A and 33B of the above embodiment are both convex portions whose height (dimensions in the vertical direction) is smaller than the outer diameter in a plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, it is conceivable that the flange portion 3 is provided with the third flange uppermost portion 33C having substantially the same height and outer diameter in a plan view.
  • the uppermost portion 33C of the third flange has a circular shape in a plan view.
  • the through hole 38 of the above embodiment is formed by piercing a perforation needle into the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 (that is, breaking the through region 36), but is not limited to this.
  • the through hole 38 is formed by punching out the through region 36 of the flange portion 3.
  • the through hole 38 is formed by punching the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 in the through hole forming step, the through region 36 is removed from the flange portion 3 as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B.
  • the heated steam S is not obstructed.
  • the through hole 38 can be smoothly distributed.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 is located inside the penetration region 36, and the primary seal region 31 is located outside the penetration region 36, that is, the flange uppermost portion 33 and the primary seal region 31 are located.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 may also serve as the primary seal region 31. Since the primary seal region 31 needs to be located outside the penetration region 36, in this configuration at least one of the plurality of flange tops 33 will be located outside the penetration region 36.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 has a fourth flange uppermost portion 33D located outside the through region 36 and also serves as the primary seal region 31.
  • the flange top 33 may be the convex fourth flange top 33D. Further, in the flange uppermost portion 33, the upper surface (flange uppermost upper surface 330) may be a flat surface like the upper surface of the fourth flange uppermost portion 33D (see FIG. 12B).
  • the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a convex strip, for example, it may be provided continuously in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, it is conceivable that the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a ridge that is continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.
  • the secondary seal region 32 is provided in the entire area of the flange portion 3, but it may be provided in a part of the flange portion 3.
  • the flange lower parts 34 as shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B showing the state after the secondary sealing step is performed in the configuration in which the flange uppermost portion 33 also serves as the primary sealing region 31 (see FIGS. 12A and 12B). It is conceivable that the region located inside the primary seal region 31 also serves as the secondary seal region 32.
  • the surface sealing is performed in the secondary sealing step, but the surface sealing may be performed by a line sealing continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.
  • line sealing may be performed.
  • the secondary seal region 32 is considered to be a ridge protruding upward.
  • the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 is located below the upper surface 330 of the uppermost flange (the upper surface of the uppermost 33D of the fourth flange that also serves as the primary seal region 31).
  • the flange portion 3 is configured so that when the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 are sealed, a gap C is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 and the lower surface of the lid member 5. ing.
  • the flange portion 3 is provided with a convex portion such as the flange uppermost portion 33, but a concave portion recessed downward may be provided, and as shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the flange portion.
  • a groove 39 may be provided in 3 as a flange lower portion 34.
  • the groove 39 is continuous in the circumferential direction along the opening edge 21.
  • the groove 39 is continuous with the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.
  • a penetration region 36 may be provided in the recess.
  • the through region 36 is provided in the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3.
  • the through regions 36 are provided on the pair of sides of the groove 39 that is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 and that face each other across the accommodating portion 2.
  • the penetration regions 36 provided on each side are arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion 2, for example.
  • the through hole 38 is provided in the groove 39 of the flange portion 3.
  • the primary seal region 31 is continuously provided on the outside of the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3 (the uppermost portion 33 of the flange) in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, it is conceivable that the primary seal region 31 is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.
  • the secondary seal region 32 is the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3. It is conceivable that the inside is continuously provided along the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction. Specifically, it is conceivable that the secondary seal region 32 is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.
  • the groove portion 39 provided with the through region 36 is arranged inside the primary seal region 31, and the secondary seal region 32 is further arranged inside the groove portion 39.
  • the penetration region 36 may be provided only at a part of the plurality of corners of the flange portion 3.
  • only a pair of through regions 36 may be provided at positions of the corners of the flange portion 3 that sandwich the accommodating portion 2.
  • the through holes 38 are provided only at a pair of corners of the flange portion 3 at positions sandwiching the accommodating portion 2.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 may be the fifth flange uppermost portion 33E of a mound-shaped convex portion such as a hemispherical shape.
  • the uppermost portion 33 of the flange may have other shapes such as a conical shape, a truncated cone shape, a columnar shape, a polygonal columnar shape, and a polygonal pyramid shape.
  • the bottom plate 22 of the accommodating portion 2 of the above embodiment had a substantially rectangular plate shape, but it is conceivable that the bottom plate 22 has a substantially square plate shape.
  • the bottom plate 22 may have a polygonal plate shape, a disk shape, or the like, in addition to the quadrangular plate shape.
  • the through region 36 is provided in the flange portion 3, and the through hole 38 is provided in the flange portion 3 by performing the through hole forming step.
  • the through region 36 is provided in the flange portion 3. It does not have to be provided. As such a configuration, the configurations of FIGS. 18 to 21 and the like can be considered.
  • the flange portion 3 has a primary sealing region 31 that is sealed with the lid member 5 in the primary sealing step, and the lid member 5 and the primary sealing region 31 are sealed.
  • the flow passage R through which the gas can flow is formed between the lid member 5 and the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion 2.
  • the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a ridge extending in a long shape in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 with gaps at the four corners of the flange portion 3. Further, the uppermost portion 33 of the flange also serves as the primary seal region 31.
  • a portion of the lower flange portion 34 that is continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 also serves as the secondary seal region 32.
  • the upper surface of the primary seal region 31 (for example, the upper surface 330 of the upper end of the flange) is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface 30 of the flange, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 (for example, the opening edge 21 of the upper surface 340 of the lower portion of the flange).
  • a portion continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the above is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region 31 (for example, the upper surface 330 of the uppermost portion of the flange).
  • the flange portion 3 has a gap C between the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 (for example, the upper surface of the lower flange portion 340) and the lower surface of the lid member 5. Is formed so that the gap C becomes a part of the flow passage R.
  • the primary sealing step is performed by line sealing, but it may be performed by spot sealing that seals at least one point.
  • the flange portion 3 is provided with a plurality of convex portions as the sixth flange uppermost portion 33F, and the sixth flange uppermost portion 33F also serves as the primary seal region 31.
  • the shape of the uppermost flange 33F is, for example, a truncated cone shape. Further, it is conceivable that the flange uppermost portion 33F is provided at the four corner portions of the flange portion 3 and at the center of each side of the flange portion 3.
  • the heated steam S passes through the gap between the primary seal regions 31 in the circumferential direction after the primary seal step is performed. Therefore, since it is circulated in the accommodating portion 2, a sufficient amount of the heated steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2.
  • a plurality of recesses may be provided in the flange portion 3 as the flange lower portion 34.
  • the flange lower portion 34 is arranged with a gap in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21, and is located at, for example, the four corners of the flange portion 3.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 is located on each side of the flange portion 3. In this configuration, the flange uppermost portion 33 also serves as the primary seal region 31.
  • a gap C is generated between the lower surface of the lid member 5 and the upper surface 340 of the lower flange portion, and the gap C is located at the four corners of the flange portion 3. , The heated steam S flows from the four corners of the flange portion 3 into the accommodating portion 2.
  • the shape and size of the through holes 38 formed in the flange portion 3 are the same, but may be different.
  • through holes 38A are provided in a pair of adjacent corners of the four corners of the flange portion 3, and the adjacent pair of the four corners of the flange portion 3 is provided.
  • a through hole 38B having a size different from that of the through hole 38A is provided in a pair of corner portions other than the corner portion of the above.
  • the diameter of the through hole 38A is larger than the diameter of the through hole 38B.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 may be a U-shaped or arc-shaped convex line in a plan view.
  • the uppermost portion 33G of the seventh flange located outside the through hole 38A is considered to be a U-shaped convex line in a plan view.
  • the uppermost portion 33G of the seventh flange is provided along a portion located on the outer side of the outer circumference of the through hole 38A.
  • a plurality of (for example, three) fifth flange uppermost portions 33E are provided along the opening edge 21.
  • the primary seal region 31 is the outer peripheral edge of the flange portion 3.
  • the flange uppermost portion 33 is provided at both the outer and inner positions of the through hole 38A inside the primary seal region 31, the upper surface 330 of the flange uppermost portion is provided on the outer side and the inner side of the through hole 38A. Supports the lid member 5, so that a gap C is held between the through hole 38A and the lid member 5, and thus the through hole 38A can be prevented from being blocked.
  • the flange portion 3 is provided with a groove 39 as a recess, but a spot-shaped recess 39 may be provided.
  • a spot-shaped recess 39 may be provided.
  • the recesses 39 are provided at the four corners of the flange portion 3.
  • a through hole 38B may be provided at the bottom of the recess 39.
  • a part of the flange portion 3 including the through hole 38 may be removed.
  • the flange top portion 33E and the through holes 38 It is conceivable that the flange portion 3 is cut at the cutting line L between the through hole 38 and the secondary sealing region 32 after the secondary sealing region 32 is provided between them and the secondary sealing step is performed.
  • the cutting line L is provided so as to cut off the four corners of the flange portion 3, but extends between the through hole 38 and the secondary seal region 32 and is the circumference of the opening edge 21. It may be provided so as to continuously cut off the entire circumference in the direction. That is, the cutting line L may be provided so as to cut off the outer peripheral portion including the through hole 38 of the flange portion 3.
  • the through region 36 of the above embodiment has a circular shape in a plan view, but may have an elliptical shape or the like, and in this case, the through hole 38 may have a slit shape or the like. Further, the through hole 38 of the above embodiment was formed by forming a crevice 380 or punching the through region in the through region 36 provided with the cross-shaped groove portion 360, but it is formed by another method. You may.
  • each through hole 38 is formed by forming a U-shaped crevice 380 in the flange portion 3 in a plan view.
  • the flange portion 3 is the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H formed by deforming a part of the flange portion 3 (for example, the penetration region 36) upward with the crevice 380 as a boundary.
  • the upper surface has an eighth flange uppermost portion 33H located at the uppermost position of the upper surface 30 of the flange portion 3.
  • a flow passage R is formed between the lid member 5 and the flange portion 3 by the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange.
  • a U-shaped crevice 380 is formed in the penetration region 36, and the crevice 380 is formed.
  • the inner portion of the U-shaped crevice 380 is bent upward from the other region of the flange portion 3 with the straight line 381 connecting the base end portions of the flange portion 3 as a boundary, whereby the through hole 38 is formed and the first portion is formed.
  • the uppermost portion 33H of the eight flanges is formed.
  • the uppermost portion 33B of the second flange may be provided in the vicinity of the through hole 38.
  • each through hole 38 is formed by forming one linear crevice 380 in the flange portion 3.
  • the through hole 38 is formed by the through region 36 being lifted above the region other than the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 with a pair of straight lines 381 extending from both ends of the crevice 380 as a boundary.
  • the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange is formed.
  • the heated steam S is accommodated from below the flange portion 3.
  • the through region 36 is distributed to the portion 2, the through region 36 is easily held in a raised state by the heated steam S, so that the through hole 38 can be easily maintained in an open state.
  • the through region 36 is located above the region other than the through region 36 of the flange portion 3, so that the through hole 38 is formed and the uppermost portion of the eighth flange is formed.
  • the uppermost portion 33C of the third flange may be provided in the vicinity of the through hole 38.
  • a recess is formed at the boundary 382 between the flange portion 3 and the penetrating region 36 by using a jig from above, and the recess is formed. It is preferable to deform the penetrating region 36 upward from the starting point. In this case, the boundary 382 of the flange portion 3 is easily bent, and the penetration region 36 is easily held in a raised state.
  • a part of the flange portion 3 is deformed with the crevice 380 as a boundary to form the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H, and the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H forms the flow passage R, so that heating is performed.
  • the steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R.
  • the flange portion 3 is designated as the eighth flange uppermost portion 33. Only the top 33H of the flange may be provided. According to such a configuration, in addition to the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H, even if the flange uppermost portion 33 is not separately formed in the flange portion 3, a crevice 380 is formed in the flange portion 3 to form a through hole 38. Therefore, the flow passage R through which the heated steam S flows can be formed.
  • the through hole 38 may be formed by the following process. First, as shown in FIG. 29A, positioning is performed to form a crevice 380 in the flange portion 3, and as shown in FIG. 29B, the crevice 380 is formed by a shearing jig. Further, as shown in FIG. 29C, a jig for forming a depression is driven into the boundary 382 of the through region 36, and the impact thereof deforms the through region 36 upward to form the through hole 38. Can be done.
  • the penetration region 36 is a convex portion that projects upward, and the upper end of the convex portion may form the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. Further, it is conceivable that the penetrating region 36 has, for example, a curved surface that bulges upward. In the penetration region 36, the upper end of the curved surface constitutes the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange.
  • the penetration region 36 of this embodiment is bowl-shaped. The entire upper surface of the penetration region 36 is a curved surface. Further, the outer peripheral edge of the penetrating region 36 has an arc-shaped portion and a linear portion.
  • the arcuate portion is arranged inside the linear portion. Further, in this configuration, a crevice 380 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral edge of the penetrating region 36 (for example, an arc-shaped portion), and the penetrating region 36 is deformed upward, as shown in FIG. 30C.
  • the penetrating region 36 becomes a curved surface that is convex upward.
  • the entire upper surface of the convex portion may be an inclined surface that is not curved, or only a part of the upper surface of the convex portion may be a curved surface.
  • the penetration region 36 is a convex portion in which the upper portion of the upper surface is a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface is the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. It may be configured.
  • the lower part of the upper surface of the penetration region 36 is an inclined surface.
  • the outer peripheral edge of the penetration region 36 has a rectangular shape with rounded corners.
  • a crevice 380 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral edge of the penetration region 36 (for example, a portion of the outer peripheral edge excluding one side located on the outer side, that is, three sides and a pair of corners of the rectangular outer peripheral edge).
  • the primary seal region 31 and the lid member 5 are formed.
  • the convex curved surface bent upward by forming a crevice 380 in the flange portion 3 can stably support the lid member 5 without damaging it.
  • the penetration region 36 is located above the other region of the flange portion 3 with the crevice 380 as a boundary, but penetrates by being located below. Holes 38 may be formed. In this case, a portion of the flange portion 3 other than the penetration region 36 may form the flange uppermost portion 33.
  • the through hole 38 is arranged at the corner of the flange portion 3, but as shown in FIG. 32A, the through hole 38 is arranged in a region other than the corner of the flange portion 3. You may. Further, although the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment includes one accommodating portion 2, as shown in FIGS. 32B to 32C, a plurality of accommodating portions 2 may be provided. In this case, it is conceivable that the through hole 38 is arranged between the adjacent accommodating portions 2 (the region sandwiched between the accommodating portions 2).
  • the flange portion 3 is provided with the through region 36, but instead of the through region 36, the flange portion 3 may be provided with a through hole 38 in advance.
  • the method for producing the packaged food 6 does not include the through-hole forming step, but includes the food storage step, the primary sealing step, the sterilization step, and the secondary sealing step.
  • the food storage step, the through-hole forming step, the primary sealing step, the sterilizing step, and the secondary sealing step are performed in order.
  • a containment step may be performed.
  • the packaging container 1 is provided with a through hole 38 in the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 to accommodate the food F in the accommodating portion 2, and then seals the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3, and further.
  • Packaging of packaged food 6 such that the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 of the flange portion 3 are sealed after the heated steam S is circulated in the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R to sterilize the food F. It can also be suitably used as a container 1.
  • the flange portion 3 of the above embodiment is provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction, but may be provided in a discontinuous state (at intervals) in this circumferential direction.
  • the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 are composed of one member, but may be composed of different members.
  • the container body 4 is configured by forming an accommodating portion 2 and a flange portion 3 as separate members, and adhering the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 with an adhesive to connect the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3. It is possible that it will be done.
  • contents can be contained as sterilization objects.
  • the contents are, for example, articles that do not want to come into contact with contaminants such as bacteria and dust and oxygen during storage or transportation, and are foods, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, quasi-drugs, medical equipment, hygiene products, physics and chemistry products. , Bio-related products, etc. are included.
  • foods are preferable, and foods that can maintain appearance and quality in steam sterilization under high temperature and high pressure (for example, foods that are solid during storage) are preferable.
  • heated steam was used in the above embodiment, but there are other bactericidal actions such as ozone gas, ethylene oxide, formaldehyde, acetic acid, ethylene oxide, chlorine dioxide, etc. depending on the contents. Gas may be used.
  • the packaging container according to the present invention is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents.
  • a container body including an accommodating portion having an opening and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is primary with a lid member covering the opening.
  • the primary sealing area that is primarily sealed in the sealing process, the secondary sealing area that is secondarily sealed in the secondary sealing process after the lid member and the primary sealing, and the uppermost position on the upper surface of the flange portion.
  • the uppermost portion of the lid to be formed the lower portion of the flange located below the upper surface of the uppermost portion of the flange on the upper surface, and at least one through region having a through hole located inside the primary seal region and penetrating the flange portion. And, when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion are between the lid member supported by the uppermost portion of the flange and the lower portion of the flange. A flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the two, and the flow passage is closed when the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed.
  • the contents are stored in the storage portion and a through hole is provided in the through region of the flange portion, or a through hole is provided in the through region of the flange portion to store food in the storage portion.
  • the lid member and the primary seal area of the flange portion are sealed, and further, the sterilizing gas is circulated in the accommodating portion through the flow passage to sterilize the contents, and then the secondary seal region of the lid member and the flange portion It is suitable as a container used for sealing.
  • this through hole constitutes a part of the flow passage. Further, when the primary seal region and the lid member are sealed, a gap is generated between the lower portion of the flange of the flange portion and the lid member, and this gap forms a part of the flow passage. Therefore, when sterilizing the contents, the sterilizing gas flows from below the flange portion into the accommodating portion through a flow passage formed by through holes and gaps, so that the contents in the accommodating portion can be sterilized. Become.
  • the uppermost portion of the flange since the upper surface of the uppermost portion of the flange is located above the upper surface of the lower portion of the flange, the uppermost portion of the flange supports the lid member when sterilizing the contents, so that the uppermost portion of the flange distributes the container.
  • the sterilizing gas can be circulated in the accommodating portion while the state in which the gap constituting the road is not closed is surely maintained.
  • the lid member is located above the flow path, that is, the flow path is not exposed on the lid member, so that the falling bacteria enter the container through the flow path even after sterilization with the sterilizing gas. Hard to mix. Further, since the flow passage is closed by sealing the secondary seal region and the lid member, the packaging container can completely seal the contents by sealing with the lid member.
  • the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the through region.
  • the penetrating region has a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface may form the uppermost portion of the flange.
  • the curved surface can support the lid member without damaging it.
  • the penetrating region is a recess that is recessed downward, and the rift may be formed in the recess.
  • the penetrating region recessed downward is perforated from above, so that the perforated portion of the penetrating region remains facing downward from the other regions of the flange portion. It is easy to hold, and thus it is possible to prevent the through hole from being blocked by this site.
  • the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the penetrating regions may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
  • Another packaging container of the present invention is a packaging container for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents, and has an opening at the top.
  • a container body including an accommodating portion having and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion includes a lid member covering the opening and a primary sealing step. It has a primary seal region to be primary sealed, a lid member and a secondary seal region to be sealed in a secondary seal step after the primary seal, and the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed. At that time, when a flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the lid member and the outside and the inside of the storage portion, and the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed, the flow passage is formed. Is configured to be closed.
  • the packaging container having such a configuration, the contents are stored in the storage portion, the lid member and the primary sealing area of the flange portion are sealed, and the sterilizing gas is circulated in the storage portion through the flow passage to store the contents. After sterilization, it can be suitably used as a container for sealing the lid member and the secondary sealing area of the flange portion.
  • the lid member is located above the flow path, that is, the flow path is not exposed on the lid member, so that the falling bacteria enter the container through the flow path even after sterilization with the sterilizing gas. Hard to mix. Further, since the flow passage is closed by sealing the secondary seal region and the lid member, the packaging container can completely seal the contents by sealing with the lid member.
  • the flange portion of the packaging container is provided with at least one through hole penetrating the flange portion inside the primary seal region so that the through hole becomes a part of the flow passage. It may be configured.
  • the sterilizing gas flows from the lower part of the flange portion to the inside of the accommodating portion through the through hole which becomes a part of the flow passage, thereby sterilizing the food in the accommodating portion. Is possible.
  • the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the flange portion.
  • the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion formed by deforming a part of the flange portion upward with the crevice as a boundary, and is supported by the flange uppermost portion.
  • the flow passage may be formed between the lid member and the flange portion.
  • the through hole and the uppermost portion of the flange can be formed at the same time by forming a crevice in the flange portion.
  • a part of the flange portion that is deformed upward may have a curved surface that bulges upward.
  • the curved surface can support the lid member without damaging it.
  • the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion whose upper surface is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the lid member supported by the flange uppermost portion and the flange portion.
  • the flow passage may be formed between them.
  • the lid member is supported by the uppermost portion of the flange between the time when the primary sealing process is performed and the time when the secondary sealing process is performed, that is, when the contents are sterilized.
  • the sterilizing gas can be more reliably circulated in the accommodating portion through the flow passage.
  • the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the through holes may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
  • the upper surface of the primary seal region is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region.
  • the flange portion is configured so that when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region and the lower surface of the lid member. However, it may be configured to be a part of the flow passage.
  • the upper surface of the primary sealing region is positioned above the upper surface of the secondary sealing region during the period from the primary sealing step to the secondary sealing step, that is, when the food is sterilized. Therefore, in order to hold the gap in which the primary seal region becomes a part of the flow path, the primary seal region ensures that the gap is not closed and allows gas to flow into the accommodating portion through the through hole. be able to.
  • the accommodating portion may include a bottom plate on which the contents are placed, and the upper surface of the bottom plate may have an uneven shape.
  • the sterilizing gas when the contents are arranged in the accommodating portion, a gap is generated below the contents. Therefore, when the sterilizing gas is circulated in the accommodating portion, the sterilizing gas is circulated not only above the contents but also below the contents. Will be distributed. Therefore, the contents can be sterilized from both above and below by the sterilizing gas.
  • the packaging container of the present invention further includes a lid member, and the container body and the lid member may be composed of a multilayer structure including at least one gas barrier layer.
  • the container body and the lid member are provided with the gas barrier layer, so that the sterilized state in the packaging container can be maintained for a longer period of time.
  • flange bottom surface 36 ... penetration area, 38, 38A, 38B ... Through holes, 39 ... Grooves (recesses), 220 ... Bottom plate upper surface 221 ... Bottom plate lower surface 222 ... Bottom plate protrusions 223 ... Bottom plate inclined surface, 230 ... First flange upper surface, 330 ... Flange top top Upper surface, 340 ... Flange lower upper surface, 360 ... Groove, 361 ... Upper surface, 362 ... Lower surface, 363 ... Outer peripheral edge, 380 ... Rift, 381 ... Straight line, 382 ... Boundary, C ... Gap, F ... Food, L ... Cutting line, R ... flow passage, S ... heated steam

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Packages (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a packaging container provided with a container body including an accommodation part and a flange part. The flange part has a primary seal region that is primarily sealed with a lid member, a secondary seal region that is secondarily sealed with the lid member, a flange uppermost part that is positioned at the highest position of an upper surface of the flange part in an upper surface, a flange lower part that is positioned at a position lower than the upper surface of the flange uppermost part in the upper surface, and a penetration region that is positioned on an inner side than the primary seal region and provided with a penetration hole penetrating the flange part. The flange part is configured so that, when the primary seal region is sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the flange lower part and the lid member, a circulation path that allows circulation of gas between an outside and the accommodation part is formed between the flange part and the lid member, and the circulation path is closed when the secondary seal region is sealed.

Description

殺菌処理用の包装容器Packaging container for sterilization 関連出願の相互参照Cross-reference of related applications

 本願は、日本国特願2019-223878号の優先権を主張し、引用によって本願明細書の記載に組み込まれる。 This application claims the priority of Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-223878 and is incorporated in the description of the present application by citation.

 本発明は、殺菌処理用の包装容器に関し、例えば惣菜などの食品を内容物として包装し殺菌処理する際に好適に使用し得る包装容器に関する。 The present invention relates to a packaging container for sterilization treatment, and relates to a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing food such as prepared foods as contents.

 包装食品には、食品工場等で調理・加工された食品が開口を有する容器内に収容され、該容器にトップシートやかぶせ蓋をした状態で流通されるものがある。しかし、トップシートやかぶせ蓋を用いた包装食品は、完全に密封されたものではないため、外気が容器内へ侵入する可能性がある。従って、これらの包装食品の日持ちは概ね1~2日と非常に短く、廃棄ロス率が非常に高い(製品歩留まりが悪い)という問題がある。 Some packaged foods are foods cooked and processed in food factories, etc., which are stored in a container with an opening and distributed with a top sheet or a cover on the container. However, since packaged foods using top sheets and cover lids are not completely sealed, outside air may enter the container. Therefore, the shelf life of these packaged foods is very short, about 1 to 2 days, and there is a problem that the disposal loss rate is very high (product yield is poor).

 最近、このような包装食品として、容器と蓋とがヒートシールされるなど容器内が完全に密封されて日持ちを延ばした包装食品が流通するようになっている。中には、冷蔵保存することで日持ちが2週間を超える包装食品もある。 Recently, as such packaged foods, packaged foods with a container and a lid that are heat-sealed and the inside of the container are completely sealed to extend the shelf life have been distributed. Some packaged foods can last for more than two weeks when stored refrigerated.

 しかしながら、ヒートシール等で容器を密封することで外部からの細菌の浸入を防ぐことはできても、成形容器の内部は完全無菌の状態ではない。従って、流通過程において環境が変化することで容器内の細菌が繁殖する可能性は十分に考えられる。そのため、日持ちをさらに長くするためには、食品工場での作業環境をできるだけ無菌状態に近づけるべく、清浄度を厳しく管理することが要求される。従来、食品を容器に収容した状態で加熱殺菌した後、クリーンルーム(無菌室)内で該容器本体を蓋部材で密閉する方法が提案されており(特許文献1)、例えば、調理・加工された食品を取り扱う作業環境の清浄度は、NASA規格クリーンルームの10000あるいは1000レベルといったハイレベルまで管理される場合もある。しかし、このようなクリーンルームを導入する場合、空調設備の設置やその維持管理には多大なコストがかかるという問題がある。 However, although it is possible to prevent the invasion of bacteria from the outside by sealing the container with a heat seal or the like, the inside of the molded container is not completely sterile. Therefore, it is quite possible that bacteria in the container will propagate due to changes in the environment during the distribution process. Therefore, in order to further prolong the shelf life, it is necessary to strictly control the cleanliness in order to make the working environment in the food factory aseptic as possible. Conventionally, a method has been proposed in which a food is sterilized by heating while being contained in a container, and then the container body is sealed with a lid member in a clean room (sterile room) (Patent Document 1), for example, cooked and processed. The cleanliness of the work environment in which food is handled may be controlled to a high level such as 10000 or 1000 levels in a NASA standard clean room. However, when such a clean room is introduced, there is a problem that the installation and maintenance of the air conditioning equipment requires a great deal of cost.

 また、食品以外にも、製品として市場に流通させる前に殺菌処理すべき対象物が種々存在し、それらの対象物を効率良く殺菌処理することが求められている。 In addition to foods, there are various objects that should be sterilized before being distributed as products on the market, and it is required to efficiently sterilize those objects.

日本国特開平9-9937号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-9937

 本発明は、内容物を殺菌処理する際に好適に使用し得る包装容器を提供することを課題とし、例えば、内容物の一例である食品の殺菌処理に好適に使用され、食品の品質保持期間を長くしうる包装容器を提供することを課題とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing the contents. For example, the present invention is suitably used for the sterilization treatment of foods, which is an example of contents, and the quality retention period of foods. The subject is to provide a packaging container that can be lengthened.

 本発明に係る包装容器は、内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための殺菌処理用の包装容器であって、上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、前記フランジ部は、前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、前記蓋部材と一次シール工程の後の二次シール工程において二次シールされる二次シール領域と、上面において該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部と、上面において該フランジ最上部の上面よりも下方に位置するフランジ下部と、前記一次シール領域よりも内側に位置し前記フランジ部を貫通する貫通孔が設けられる少なくとも1つの貫通領域と、を有し、且つ、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記フランジ最上部によって支持された前記蓋部材と前記フランジ下部との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする。 The packaging container according to the present invention is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents. A container body including an accommodating portion having an opening and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is primary with a lid member covering the opening. The primary sealing area that is primarily sealed in the sealing process, the secondary sealing area that is secondarily sealed in the secondary sealing step after the lid member and the primary sealing step, and the uppermost surface of the flange portion on the upper surface. At least one penetration provided with a top portion of the lid to be located, a lower portion of the lid located below the top surface of the top of the flange on the top surface, and a through hole located inside the primary seal region and penetrating the flange portion. When the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed with a region, the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion are between the lid member supported by the uppermost portion of the flange and the lower portion of the flange. A flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the two, and the flow passage is closed when the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed. ..

 また、前記包装容器では、前記貫通孔は、前記貫通領域の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the through region.

 前記貫通領域は、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有しており、前記湾曲面の上端が、前記フランジ最上部を構成してもよい。 The penetrating region has a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface may form the uppermost portion of the flange.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記貫通領域は、下方に凹んだ凹部であり、前記裂け目が該凹部内に形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the penetrating region is a recess that is recessed downward, and the rift may be formed in the recess.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、前記貫通領域は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the penetrating regions may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.

 本発明の別の包装容器は、内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための包装容器であって、上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、前記フランジ部は、前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、前記蓋部材と一次シール工程の後の二次シール工程において二次シールされる二次シール領域とを有し、且つ、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記蓋部材との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする。 Another packaging container of the present invention is a packaging container for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents, and has an opening at the top. A container body including an accommodating portion having and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is provided with a lid member covering the opening and in a primary sealing step. It has a primary seal region to be primarily sealed, a lid member and a secondary seal region to be secondarily sealed in a secondary seal step after the primary seal step, and the lid member and the primary seal region are When the lid member is sealed, a flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the outside and the inside of the housing portion between the lid member and the lid member, and when the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed. It is characterized in that the flow passage is configured to be blocked.

 また、前記包装容器の前記フランジ部には、前記一次シール領域よりも内側に前記フランジ部を貫通した少なくとも一つの貫通孔が設けられ、前記貫通孔が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されてもよい。 Further, the flange portion of the packaging container is provided with at least one through hole penetrating the flange portion inside the primary seal region so that the through hole becomes a part of the flow passage. It may be configured.

 さらに、前記包装容器では、前記貫通孔は、前記フランジ部の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the flange portion.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部は、前記裂け目を境界として前記フランジ部の一部が上方に向けて変形されることによって形成されるフランジ最上部を有し、該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion formed by deforming a part of the flange portion upward with the crevice as a boundary, and is supported by the flange uppermost portion. The flow passage may be formed between the lid member and the flange portion.

 さらに、前記包装容器では、前記上方に向けて変形される前記フランジ部の一部が、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有していてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, a part of the flange portion that is deformed upward may have a curved surface that bulges upward.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部は、上面が該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部を有し、該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成されるようにしてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion whose upper surface is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the lid member supported by the flange uppermost portion and the flange portion. The flow passage may be formed between them.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、前記貫通孔は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the through holes may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記一次シール領域の上面は、前記フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置し、前記二次シール領域の上面は、前記一次シール領域の上面よりも下方に位置し、前記フランジ部は、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記二次シール領域の上面と前記蓋部材の下面との間に隙間が形成されるように構成され、前記隙間が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the upper surface of the primary seal region is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region. The flange portion is configured so that when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region and the lower surface of the lid member. However, it may be configured to be a part of the flow passage.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記収容部は、内容物が載置される底板を含み、前記底板の上面は、凹凸形状を有してもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the accommodating portion may include a bottom plate on which the contents are placed, and the upper surface of the bottom plate may have an uneven shape.

 本発明の包装容器は、さらに蓋部材を備え、前記容器本体及び前記蓋部材は、少なくとも一層のガスバリア層を含む多層構造体から構成されてもよい。 The packaging container of the present invention further includes a lid member, and the container body and the lid member may be composed of a multilayer structure including at least one gas barrier layer.

図1Aは、本発明の包装容器の一実施形態に係る模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 1A is a schematic view of an embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図1Bは、前記包装容器の一実施形態に係る模式図であり、前記包装容器の側面図である。FIG. 1B is a schematic view of the embodiment of the packaging container, and is a side view of the packaging container. 図2は、図1AのII-II位置における断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II of FIG. 1A. 図3は、前記包装容器の製造方法における各工程を示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing each step in the method for manufacturing the packaging container. 図4Aは、前記包装容器の貫通孔形成工程及び食品収容工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 4A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step and the food storage step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図4Bは、前記包装容器の貫通孔形成工程及び食品収容工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の側面図である。FIG. 4B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step and the food storage step of the packaging container, and is a side view of the packaging container. 図5は、図4AのV-V位置における断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VV of FIG. 4A. 図6Aは、前記包装容器の一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 6A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the primary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図6Bは、前記包装容器の一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の側面図である。FIG. 6B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the primary sealing step, and is a side view of the packaging container. 図7は、図6AのVII-VII位置における断面図である。FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VII-VII of FIG. 6A. 図8Aは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 8A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図8Bは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の側面図である。FIG. 8B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a side view of the packaging container. 図9は、図8AのIX-IX位置における断面図である。FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IX-IX of FIG. 8A. 図10Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 10A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図10Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、図10AのX-X位置における断面図である。FIG. 10B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX of FIG. 10A. 図11Aは、前記包装容器の貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 11A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図11Bは、前記包装容器の貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図11AのXI-XI位置における断面図である。FIG. 11B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XI-XI of FIG. 11A. 図12Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 12A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図12Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図12AのXII-XII位置における断面図である。FIG. 12B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XII-XII of FIG. 12A. 図13Aは、前記包装容器の別実施形態に係る二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 13A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図13Bは、前記包装容器の別実施形態に係る二次シール工程後の模式図であり、図13AのXIII-XIII位置における断面図である。FIG. 13B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XIII-XIII of FIG. 13A. 図14Aは、図12Aに示す包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 14A is a schematic view of the packaging container shown in FIG. 12A after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図14Bは、図12Aに示す包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、図14AのXIV-XIV位置における断面図である。14B is a schematic view of the packaging container shown in FIG. 12A after the secondary sealing step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line at the XIV-XIV position of FIG. 14A. 図15Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 15A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図15Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図15AのXV-XV位置における断面図である。FIG. 15B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view at the XV-XV position of FIG. 15A. 図16Aは、前記包装容器の別実施形態に係る二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 16A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図16Bは、前記包装容器の別実施形態に係る二次シール工程後の模式図であり、図16AのXVI-XVI位置における断面図である。FIG. 16B is a schematic view after the secondary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container, and is a cross-sectional view at the XVI-XVI position of FIG. 16A. 図17Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程前の前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 17A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step. 図17Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程後の前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 17B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container after the through hole forming step. 図18Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 18A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図18Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図18AのXVIII-XVIII位置における断面図である。FIG. 18B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII of FIG. 18A. 図19Aは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 19A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図19Bは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、図19AのXIX-XIX位置における断面図である。FIG. 19B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line of FIG. 19A at the XIX-XIX position. 図20Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 20A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図20Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図20AのXX-XX位置における断面図である。FIG. 20B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX-XX of FIG. 20A. 図21Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 21A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図21Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図21AのXXI-XXI位置における断面図である。FIG. 21B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXI-XXI position of FIG. 21A. 図22Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 22A is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図22Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る一次シール工程後の模式図であり、図22AのXXII-XXII位置における断面図である。FIG. 22B is a schematic view after the primary sealing step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXII-XXII of FIG. 22A. 図23Aは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 23A is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図23Bは、前記包装容器の二次シール工程後の模式図であり、図23AのXXIII-XXIII位置における断面図である。FIG. 23B is a schematic view of the packaging container after the secondary sealing step, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIII-XXIII of FIG. 23A. 図24Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 24A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図24Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図24AのXXIV-XXIV位置における断面図である。FIG. 24B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIV-XXIV of FIG. 24A. 図25Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 25A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図25Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図25AのXXV-XXV位置における断面図である。FIG. 25B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXV-XXV of FIG. 25A. 図26Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図24Aの変形例を示す平面図である。FIG. 26A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view showing a modified example of FIG. 24A. 図26Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図25Aの変形例を示す一部平面図である。FIG. 26B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a partial plan view showing a modified example of FIG. 25A. 図27Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図24の変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 27A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of FIG. 24. 図27Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図25Aの変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 27B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of FIG. 25A. 図28Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 28A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container. 図28Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、図28AのXXVIII-XXVIII位置における断面図である。FIG. 28B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXVIII-XXVIII of FIG. 28A. 前記包装容器における貫通孔形成工程を説明するための断面図であり、貫通孔形成工程前の状態を示す。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the through hole forming process in the packaging container, and shows the state before the through hole forming process. 前記包装容器における貫通孔形成工程を説明するための断面図であり、フランジ部に裂け目を形成する工程を示す。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the process of forming a through hole in the packaging container, and shows the process of forming a crevice in a flange portion. 前記包装容器における貫通孔形成工程を説明するための断面図であり、フランジ最上部を形成する工程を示す。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the process of forming a through hole in the packaging container, and shows the process of forming the uppermost part of a flange. 前記包装容器における貫通孔形成工程を説明するための断面図であり、フランジ最上部形成後の状態を示す。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the process of forming a through hole in the packaging container, and shows the state after forming the uppermost part of a flange. 図30Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程前の前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 30A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step. 図30Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、図30Aの断面図である。FIG. 30B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 30A. 図30Cは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程後の断面図である。FIG. 30C is a schematic view according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view after the through hole forming step. 図31Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程前の前記包装容器の平面図である。FIG. 31A is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a plan view of the packaging container before the through hole forming step. 図31Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、図31Aの断面図である。FIG. 31B is a schematic view of another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 31A. 図31Cは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る模式図であり、貫通孔形成工程後の断面図である。FIG. 31C is a schematic view according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view after the through hole forming step. 図32Aは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、第一の変形例を示す模式図である。FIG. 32A is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a first modification. 図32Bは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、第二の変形例を示す模式図である。FIG. 32B is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a second modification. 図32Cは、本発明の包装容器の別実施形態に係る貫通孔形成工程後の模式図であり、第三の変形例を示す模式図である。FIG. 32C is a schematic view after the through hole forming step according to another embodiment of the packaging container of the present invention, and is a schematic view showing a third modification.

 以下、本発明の一実施形態について、図1~図9を参照しつつ説明する。図1及び図2は、本発明に係る包装容器の一実施形態を示した図である。また、図3は本発明に係る包装食品の製造方法の一実施形態を説明するための図であり、図4~図9はこの製造方法の各工程を順に示した図である。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 9. 1 and 2 are views showing an embodiment of a packaging container according to the present invention. Further, FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining one embodiment of the packaged food manufacturing method according to the present invention, and FIGS. 4 to 9 are views showing each step of the manufacturing method in order.

 まず、本発明の一実施形態に係る包装容器の構造について説明する。本実施形態に係る包装容器は、内部に収容された内容物の一例としての食品を、殺菌用ガスの一例としての加熱蒸気に晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物(例えば、食品)を封止して包装食品として流通させるための殺菌処理用の包装容器である。図1及び図2に示すように、包装容器1は、上方に開口20を有する収容部2と、収容部2の開口縁21から外向きに延びるフランジ部3とを含む容器本体4を備える。 First, the structure of the packaging container according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described. The packaging container according to the present embodiment sterilizes food as an example of the contents contained therein by exposing it to heated steam as an example of a sterilizing gas, and then seals the contents (for example, food). It is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for stopping and distributing as packaged food. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the packaging container 1 includes a container body 4 including an accommodating portion 2 having an opening 20 upward and a flange portion 3 extending outward from the opening edge 21 of the accommodating portion 2.

 以下、包装容器1における上下方向は、図1、図2、図4~図9における上下方向と一致している。また、フランジ部3における内側及び外側は、フランジ部3における開口縁21から近い側及び遠い側と一致している。 Hereinafter, the vertical direction of the packaging container 1 coincides with the vertical direction in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4 to 9. Further, the inner and outer sides of the flange portion 3 coincide with the side near and far from the opening edge 21 of the flange portion 3.

 容器本体4は、図1A及び図1Bに示すように、蓋部材により閉塞可能な容器である。本実施形態の容器本体4は、トレー形状であるが、カップ形状、ボトル形状等、任意の形状のものを採用することができる。また、容器本体4の材質は、合成樹脂である。容器本体4の厚みは、部位によって不均一であるが、いずれの部位においても同じであってもよい。本実施形態の容器本体4では、フランジ部3の厚みが、収容部2の厚みよりも大きい。なお、本実施形態の容器本体4では、収容部2及びフランジ部3は、一部材で構成されている。具体的に、容器本体4は、一枚のシートを成形することで構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B, the container body 4 is a container that can be closed by a lid member. The container body 4 of the present embodiment has a tray shape, but any shape such as a cup shape or a bottle shape can be adopted. The material of the container body 4 is a synthetic resin. The thickness of the container body 4 is non-uniform depending on the parts, but may be the same at any part. In the container body 4 of the present embodiment, the thickness of the flange portion 3 is larger than the thickness of the accommodating portion 2. In the container body 4 of the present embodiment, the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 are composed of one member. Specifically, the container body 4 is formed by molding a single sheet.

 また、本実施形態の蓋部材は、柔軟性を有する。蓋部材は、例えば、合成樹脂製のフィルム材で構成される。具体的に、蓋部材を構成するフィルム材は、二軸延伸されたプラスチック製のフィルム材である。 Further, the lid member of the present embodiment has flexibility. The lid member is made of, for example, a synthetic resin film material. Specifically, the film material constituting the lid member is a biaxially stretched plastic film material.

 収容部2は、食品を収容する部位である。本実施形態の収容部2は、下方に位置する底板22を含む。また、収容部2は、底板22の外周縁から上方に延びる側壁23を含む。 The storage unit 2 is a part that stores food. The accommodating portion 2 of the present embodiment includes a bottom plate 22 located below. Further, the accommodating portion 2 includes a side wall 23 extending upward from the outer peripheral edge of the bottom plate 22.

 底板22は、例えば、角が丸められた矩形板状である。また、底板22は、食品と接触する底板上面220と、容器本体4を載置面に載置する際にこの載置面に載置される面である底板下面221とを有する。 The bottom plate 22 is, for example, a rectangular plate with rounded corners. Further, the bottom plate 22 has a bottom plate upper surface 220 that comes into contact with food, and a bottom plate lower surface 221 that is a surface that is placed on the mounting surface when the container body 4 is placed on the mounting surface.

 底板上面220は、凹凸形状を有する。具体的に、底板上面220の四つの角部を除く中央部には、底板上面220から上方に向けて突設された複数の底板突起部222が設けられている。また、底板上面220の四つの角部は、それぞれ角部の頂点に近い部位ほど上方に位置する底板傾斜面223で構成されている。 The bottom plate upper surface 220 has an uneven shape. Specifically, a plurality of bottom plate protrusions 222 projecting upward from the bottom plate upper surface 220 are provided at the central portion of the bottom plate upper surface 220 excluding the four corners. Further, each of the four corners of the bottom plate upper surface 220 is composed of a bottom plate inclined surface 223 located higher toward a portion closer to the apex of the corner.

 底板突起部222の各々は、略均等または不均等の間隔に配置されている。一対の底板突起部222、222の間には蒸気が流通する蒸気流通部が形成されている。底板突起部222は、容器本体4に収容される内容物を、例えば点接触または線接触の様式で支持している。また、突起物222は、底板突起部222と内容物との間の接触面積が可能な限り低減されるように設計されている。 Each of the bottom plate protrusions 222 is arranged at substantially even or unevenly spaced intervals. A steam flow section through which steam flows is formed between the pair of bottom plate protrusions 222 and 222. The bottom plate protrusion 222 supports the contents housed in the container body 4 in the form of point contact or line contact, for example. Further, the protrusion 222 is designed so that the contact area between the bottom plate protrusion 222 and the content is reduced as much as possible.

 図1Aに示す実施形態では、底板突起部222、222の間に形成された複数の蒸気流通部が略均等の間隔で配置されている。このような構成によれば、容器本体4に収容された内容物(例えば、食品)を蒸気で殺菌する際、底部に形成された蒸気流通路を通って、内容物の上面および側面だけでなく、当該内容物の下面からも蒸気を流入させることができる。これにより、蒸気による内容物のより均等かつ効率的な殺菌が可能となる。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1A, a plurality of steam flow portions formed between the bottom plate protrusions 222 and 222 are arranged at substantially equal intervals. According to such a configuration, when the contents (for example, food) contained in the container body 4 are sterilized by steam, not only the upper surface and the side surface of the contents but also the upper surface and the side surface of the contents are sterilized through the steam flow passage formed at the bottom. , Steam can also flow in from the underside of the contents. This allows for more even and more efficient sterilization of the contents with steam.

 底板突起部222の高さは、必ずしも限定されないが、容器底部の内側最下面(すなわち、容器本体4の内表面における最も下方の高さ)を基準にして、例えば2mm以上、3mm以上、または4mm以上である。そして底板突起部222の高さは、必ずしも限定されないが、容器底部の内側最下面を基準にして、例えば、15mm以下、13mm以下、または10mm以下である。底板突起部222の高さがこのような範囲内にあることにより、蒸気流通路に蒸気がより一層流入し易くなり、内容物の下面側の蒸気殺菌をより効果的に行うことができる。 The height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is not necessarily limited, but is, for example, 2 mm or more, 3 mm or more, or 4 mm with reference to the innermost lower surface of the bottom of the container (that is, the lowest height on the inner surface of the container body 4). That is all. The height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is not necessarily limited, but is, for example, 15 mm or less, 13 mm or less, or 10 mm or less with respect to the innermost lower surface of the bottom of the container. When the height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 is within such a range, steam can be more easily flowed into the steam flow passage, and steam sterilization on the lower surface side of the contents can be performed more effectively.

 底板突起部222の高さは、容器本体4の深さ(すなわち、容器本体4の開口20から鉛直方向における内表面の最も下方の部分までの距離)の10%以上40%以下であることが好ましい。当該構成によれば、蒸気流通路の断面積が増加するため、蒸気流通路に蒸気がより一層流入しやすくなり、内容物の下面側の蒸気殺菌をより効果的に行うことができる。 The height of the bottom plate protrusion 222 may be 10% or more and 40% or less of the depth of the container body 4 (that is, the distance from the opening 20 of the container body 4 to the lowest portion of the inner surface in the vertical direction). preferable. According to this configuration, since the cross-sectional area of the steam flow passage is increased, steam is more likely to flow into the steam flow passage, and steam sterilization on the lower surface side of the contents can be performed more effectively.

 底板傾斜面223は、収容部2の角部をなくすために設けられている。例えば、底板傾斜面223は、収容部2内に収容された食品を取り出す際に、この食品が底板22の角部近傍に溜まることを防ぎ、この食品を収容部2から取り出しやすくする。また、底板傾斜面223は、底板突起部222と間隔をあけた状態で配置されている。 The bottom plate inclined surface 223 is provided to eliminate the corner portion of the accommodating portion 2. For example, the bottom plate inclined surface 223 prevents the food from accumulating in the vicinity of the corners of the bottom plate 22 when the food stored in the storage portion 2 is taken out, and makes it easy to take out the food from the storage portion 2. Further, the bottom plate inclined surface 223 is arranged in a state of being spaced apart from the bottom plate protrusion 222.

 側壁23は、例えば、上方に位置する部位ほど平面視において広がるように構成されている。側壁23の上端縁は、収容部2の開口縁21を構成している。 The side wall 23 is configured so that, for example, a portion located above the side wall 23 expands in a plan view. The upper end edge of the side wall 23 constitutes the opening edge 21 of the accommodating portion 2.

 フランジ部3は、蓋部材とシールされる部位である。フランジ部3は、例えば、開口縁21の周方向の全周に設けられている。本実施形態のフランジ部3は、略板状であり、平面視において収容部2を囲むように環状に配置されている。具体的には、フランジ部3は、平面視において四か所の角部を有する環状である。 The flange portion 3 is a portion to be sealed with the lid member. The flange portion 3 is provided, for example, on the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction. The flange portion 3 of the present embodiment has a substantially plate shape, and is arranged in an annular shape so as to surround the accommodating portion 2 in a plan view. Specifically, the flange portion 3 is an annular shape having four corner portions in a plan view.

 また、フランジ部3は、図2に示すように、上方を向いたフランジ上面30と、下方を向いたフランジ下面35と、を有する。さらに、フランジ部3は、開口20を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程においてシールされる一次シール領域31と、蓋部材と二次シール工程においてシールされる二次シール領域32と、を有する。また、フランジ部3は、フランジ最上部33と、フランジ下部34と、を有する。フランジ最上部33は、フランジ上面30のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部上面330を有する。フランジ下部34は、フランジ最上部上面330よりも下方に位置するフランジ下部上面340を有する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the flange portion 3 has a flange upper surface 30 facing upward and a flange lower surface 35 facing downward. Further, the flange portion 3 has a lid member covering the opening 20 and a primary sealing region 31 to be sealed in the primary sealing step, and a secondary sealing region 32 to be sealed with the lid member in the secondary sealing step. Further, the flange portion 3 has a flange uppermost portion 33 and a flange lower portion 34. The flange uppermost portion 33 has a flange uppermost upper surface 330 located at the uppermost position of the flange upper surface 30. The flange lower portion 34 has a flange lower upper surface 340 located below the flange uppermost upper surface 330.

 本実施形態のフランジ部3は、フランジ部3を貫通する貫通孔が設けられる貫通領域36を有する(図1A参照)。本実施形態では、貫通孔、即ち貫通領域36は、一次シール領域31よりも内側に位置する。貫通領域36に設けられる貫通孔は、フランジ下面35とフランジ上面30との間を貫通する。また、本実施形態のフランジ部3では、貫通領域36が複数設けられている。 The flange portion 3 of the present embodiment has a through region 36 provided with a through hole penetrating the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 1A). In the present embodiment, the through hole, that is, the through region 36 is located inside the primary seal region 31. The through hole provided in the through region 36 penetrates between the flange lower surface 35 and the flange upper surface 30. Further, in the flange portion 3 of the present embodiment, a plurality of through regions 36 are provided.

 なお、フランジ部3に設けられる貫通領域36の数は、一つでもよいが、フランジ部3内に気体を流入させる貫通孔、及び、フランジ部3内から気体を流出させる貫通孔の両方をフランジ部3に設けることが好ましいため、複数であることが好ましい。具体的には、このフランジ部3では、貫通領域36がフランジ部3の角部の数と同じ数(例えば本実施形態では四つ)設けられている。 The number of through regions 36 provided in the flange portion 3 may be one, but both the through holes for allowing gas to flow into the flange portion 3 and the through holes for allowing gas to flow out from inside the flange portion 3 are flanged. Since it is preferable to provide it in the part 3, a plurality of parts is preferable. Specifically, in the flange portion 3, the number of through regions 36 is the same as the number of corner portions of the flange portion 3 (for example, four in the present embodiment).

 一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の一部であり、蓋部材とフランジ部3とを一次シール工程によって仮シールするための領域である。一次シール工程は、収容部2に食品を収容した後であって収容した食品の殺菌前に行われる。 The primary seal region 31 is a part of the flange portion 3 and is an region for temporarily sealing the lid member and the flange portion 3 by the primary seal process. The primary sealing step is performed after the food is stored in the storage unit 2 and before the stored food is sterilized.

 本実施形態の一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の外周部に位置している。また、一次シール領域31は、開口縁21の周方向において連続している。具体的には、一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の外周部における外周縁よりも内側で、周方向において連続して延びている。より具体的には、一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の外周部における外周縁よりも内側で、開口縁21の周方向全周に亘って連続して延びている。 The primary seal region 31 of this embodiment is located on the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3. Further, the primary seal region 31 is continuous in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, the primary seal region 31 extends inward of the outer peripheral edge of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 and continuously extends in the circumferential direction. More specifically, the primary seal region 31 extends inward of the outer peripheral edge of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 and continuously extends over the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction.

 二次シール領域32は、密封工程としての二次シール工程において、蓋部材とフランジ部3とがシールされる領域である。二次シール工程は、収容部2に収容した食品を殺菌した後に行われる。二次シール領域32は、フランジ部3の少なくとも一部である。さらに、二次シール領域32は、一次シール領域31と重複する(同じ)領域を含んでいてもよい。本実施形態の二次シール領域32は、フランジ部3の全域である。 The secondary seal area 32 is an area in which the lid member and the flange portion 3 are sealed in the secondary seal process as the sealing process. The secondary sealing step is performed after sterilizing the food contained in the container 2. The secondary seal region 32 is at least a part of the flange portion 3. Further, the secondary seal region 32 may include a region that overlaps (same) as the primary seal region 31. The secondary seal region 32 of the present embodiment is the entire area of the flange portion 3.

 フランジ部3の上面30の上下方向における位置(高さ)は、フランジ部3がフランジ最上部33やフランジ下部34を含むことにより不均一になっている(図1B参照)。 The position (height) of the upper surface 30 of the flange portion 3 in the vertical direction is non-uniform because the flange portion 3 includes the uppermost flange portion 33 and the lower flange portion 34 (see FIG. 1B).

 フランジ最上部33は、上面が相対的に上方に位置する部位である。本実施形態のフランジ最上部上面330は、フランジ下部上面340よりも例えば、1mm以上上方に位置している。該フランジ最上部33は、一次シール工程を行った後であって二次シール工程を行う前に、蓋部材をフランジ下部上面340よりも上方に支持しうる。 The uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a portion where the upper surface is relatively upward. The upper surface 330 of the uppermost flange of the present embodiment is located, for example, 1 mm or more above the upper surface 340 of the lower flange. The flange uppermost portion 33 may support the lid member above the flange lower upper surface 340 after the primary sealing step and before the secondary sealing step.

 具体的には、フランジ最上部33は、フランジ部3を部分的に下方から上方に向けて押し出すことで形成される凸部である。これにより、フランジ最上部上面330は、上方に向けて突出している。本実施形態のフランジ最上部33は、中空であるが、中実であってもよい。 Specifically, the flange uppermost portion 33 is a convex portion formed by partially extruding the flange portion 3 from the lower side to the upper side. As a result, the upper surface 330 of the uppermost portion of the flange projects upward. The uppermost flange 33 of the present embodiment is hollow, but may be solid.

 本実施形態のフランジ部3には、異なる形状のフランジ最上部33が設けられている。具体的には、図1Aに示すように、フランジ最上部33は、平面視において楕円形状を有する第一フランジ最上部33Aと、平面視において円形状を有する第二フランジ最上部33Bと、を含む。第一フランジ最上部33Aおよび第二フランジ最上部33Bは、いずれも、フランジ最上部上面330が湾曲面状を有する凸部である。また、第一フランジ最上部33Aおよび第二フランジ最上部33Bは、いずれも、高さ(上下方向における寸法)が、平面視における外径よりも小さい凸部である。 The flange portion 3 of the present embodiment is provided with a flange uppermost portion 33 having a different shape. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1A, the flange uppermost portion 33 includes a first flange uppermost portion 33A having an elliptical shape in a plan view and a second flange uppermost portion 33B having a circular shape in a plan view. .. Both the first flange uppermost portion 33A and the second flange uppermost portion 33B are convex portions in which the flange uppermost upper surface 330 has a curved surface shape. Further, each of the first flange uppermost portion 33A and the second flange uppermost portion 33B is a convex portion whose height (dimensions in the vertical direction) is smaller than the outer diameter in a plan view.

 また、本実施形態のフランジ最上部33は、貫通領域36の近傍に設けられている。例えば、フランジ最上部33の少なくとも一つは、貫通領域36よりも内側に設けられている。本実施形態のフランジ最上部33は、全て、貫通領域36よりも内側に設けられている。具体的には、フランジ最上部33は、各貫通領域36の内側に複数(例えば、一対ずつ)設けられている。フランジ最上部33は、各貫通領域36に対応するようにその内側に一つずつ設けられていてもよいが、一次シール工程を行った後に、蓋部材を複数のフランジ最上部33で支持することが好ましいため、複数設けられることが好ましい。 Further, the flange uppermost portion 33 of the present embodiment is provided in the vicinity of the penetration region 36. For example, at least one of the flange uppermost portions 33 is provided inside the penetration region 36. All of the flange uppermost portions 33 of the present embodiment are provided inside the penetration region 36. Specifically, a plurality (for example, one pair) of flange uppermost portions 33 are provided inside each through region 36. The flange uppermost portion 33 may be provided one by one inside the flange uppermost portion 33 so as to correspond to each through region 36, but the lid member is supported by the plurality of flange uppermost portions 33 after performing the primary sealing step. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a plurality of them.

 フランジ下部34は、上面が相対的に下方に位置する部位である。本実施形態のフランジ下部34は、フランジ部3のうち前記フランジ最上部33を除いた部位である。 The lower flange 34 is a portion where the upper surface is relatively downward. The lower flange portion 34 of the present embodiment is a portion of the flange portion 3 excluding the uppermost flange portion 33.

 貫通領域36は、例えば、収容部2を挟む対向位置に配置されている。フランジ部3が四か所に角部を有する環状である場合、貫通領域36は、平面視においてフランジ部3の各角部にそれぞれ1か所ずつ、合計4か所に形成することが好ましい。各貫通領域36の形状は、いずれも等しくすることが好ましい。 The penetration region 36 is arranged at an opposite position that sandwiches the accommodating portion 2, for example. When the flange portion 3 has an annular shape having four corners, it is preferable that the through regions 36 are formed at four locations in total, one at each corner of the flange portion 3 in a plan view. It is preferable that the shapes of the penetrating regions 36 are all the same.

 また、本実施形態において、貫通領域36は、下方に凹んだ凹部である。また、貫通領域36は、平面視において円形状である。具体的には、貫通領域36は、下方に向かって略半球状に凹んだ凹部である。 Further, in the present embodiment, the penetration region 36 is a concave portion recessed downward. Further, the penetration region 36 has a circular shape in a plan view. Specifically, the penetrating region 36 is a recess that is recessed downward in a substantially hemispherical shape.

 本実施形態における貫通領域36の凹部には、さらに溝部360が形成されている。具体的には、貫通領域36の上面361は、下方に向けて凹んでおり該上面361には下方に凹んだ溝部360が設けられている。 A groove 360 is further formed in the recess of the penetration region 36 in the present embodiment. Specifically, the upper surface 361 of the penetration region 36 is recessed downward, and the upper surface 361 is provided with a groove portion 360 recessed downward.

 溝部360の形状は、例えば、貫通領域36のうち最も下に位置する点である最下点において交差する(例えば、この最下点において略直交する)十字状である。換言すると、溝部360は、平面視において、貫通領域36の中心から放射状に広がる形状を有する。溝部360の幅(溝部360の延びる方向と直交する方向における寸法)は、例えば、0.5mmである。 The shape of the groove portion 360 is, for example, a cross shape that intersects at the lowest point, which is the lowest point of the penetration region 36 (for example, substantially orthogonal to this lowest point). In other words, the groove portion 360 has a shape that extends radially from the center of the penetration region 36 in a plan view. The width of the groove portion 360 (dimension in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the groove portion 360) is, for example, 0.5 mm.

 次に、本発明に係る包装容器を用いた処理対象物の殺菌処理方法について説明する。一実施形態における殺菌処理方法は、食品を内容物とし、主たる工程として、食品収容工程、貫通孔形成工程、一次シール工程、殺菌工程、及び、二次シール工程を順に行う。より具体的には、図3に示すように、食品収容工程、貫通孔形成工程、一次シール工程、脱気工程、殺菌工程、冷却工程、ガス置換工程、及び、二次シール工程を順に行う。以下、この一実施形態における各工程について説明する。また、本実施形態の方法としては、上記実施形態の包装容器1を用いた場合について説明する。 Next, a method for sterilizing the object to be treated using the packaging container according to the present invention will be described. The sterilization treatment method in one embodiment contains food as a content, and as main steps, a food storage step, a through hole forming step, a primary sealing step, a sterilizing step, and a secondary sealing step are sequentially performed. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, a food storage step, a through hole forming step, a primary sealing step, a degassing step, a sterilization step, a cooling step, a gas replacement step, and a secondary sealing step are performed in this order. Hereinafter, each step in this embodiment will be described. Moreover, as the method of this embodiment, the case where the packaging container 1 of the said embodiment is used will be described.

 まず、図4A及び図4Bに示すように、包装容器1に食品Fを収容する食品収容工程を行った後に、フランジ部3の一次シール領域31よりも内側に、貫通領域36を貫通する貫通孔38を形成する貫通孔形成工程を行う。食品Fとしては、例えば、日配食品、即ち食品工場等で調理、加工された食品やチルド加工食品等の任意の食品を採用することができる。 First, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, after performing the food storage step of storing the food F in the packaging container 1, a through hole penetrating the through region 36 inside the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3 A through hole forming step of forming 38 is performed. As the food F, for example, any food such as daily food, that is, food cooked and processed in a food factory or the like, chilled processed food, or the like can be adopted.

 本実施形態の貫通孔38は、図5に示すように、貫通領域36の一部に、裂け目380が形成されることにより形成される。本実施形態の貫通孔形成工程においては、貫通領域36は、貫通領域36の外周縁363がフランジ部3の貫通領域36の周囲の領域と連続した状態で、この周囲の領域よりも下方に位置した状態となる。換言すると、貫通領域36は、貫通領域36の外周縁363を境界にしてフランジ部3の貫通領域36の周囲の領域よりも下方に位置した状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the through hole 38 of the present embodiment is formed by forming a crevice 380 in a part of the through region 36. In the through hole forming step of the present embodiment, the through region 36 is located below the surrounding region in a state where the outer peripheral edge 363 of the through region 36 is continuous with the region around the through region 36 of the flange portion 3. It will be in the state of. In other words, the penetrating region 36 is located below the region around the penetrating region 36 of the flange portion 3 with the outer peripheral edge 363 of the penetrating region 36 as a boundary.

 なお、本実施形態の貫通孔形成工程では、裂け目380は、貫通領域36を上方から裂くことにより形成される。裂け目380を形成する際には、例えば、先端に穿孔針を備えた穿孔用治具(図示せず)を用い、該穿孔針を貫通領域36に突き刺す方法を採用することができる。穿孔針は、貫通領域36に設けられた溝部360により案内されて、貫通領域36の最下点に刺さり、貫通領域36は溝部360に沿って裂ける。その結果、貫通領域36は、十字状の裂け目380を境界に四つの部位に分かれる。 In the through hole forming step of the present embodiment, the crevice 380 is formed by tearing the through region 36 from above. When forming the crevice 380, for example, a method of piercing the perforation needle into the penetration region 36 by using a perforation jig (not shown) provided with a perforation needle at the tip can be adopted. The perforation needle is guided by the groove 360 provided in the penetration region 36, pierces the lowest point of the penetration region 36, and the penetration region 36 tears along the groove 360. As a result, the penetrating region 36 is divided into four parts with the cross-shaped crevice 380 as a boundary.

 続いて、図6A、図6B、及び、図7に示すように、収容部2の開口20を覆う蓋部材5と、フランジ部3の一次シール領域31とをシールする一次シール工程を行った後、フランジ部3と蓋部材5との間に形成される流通路Rを介して収容部2内に加熱蒸気Sを流通させて、食品Fを加熱蒸気Sに晒すことで殺菌する殺菌工程を行う(図7参照)。本実施形態の一次シール工程は、フランジ部3の外周部である一次シール領域31と蓋部材5とを、フランジ部3の外周部の周方向において線状にシールする工程である(図6A参照)。また、この一次シール工程において、蓋部材5は、例えばヒートシール機(図示せず)を用いることにより一次シール領域31に熱溶着される。 Subsequently, as shown in FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 7, after performing a primary sealing step of sealing the lid member 5 covering the opening 20 of the accommodating portion 2 and the primary sealing region 31 of the flange portion 3. A sterilization step is performed in which the heated steam S is circulated in the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R formed between the flange portion 3 and the lid member 5 and the food F is exposed to the heated steam S to sterilize the food F. (See FIG. 7). The primary sealing step of the present embodiment is a step of linearly sealing the primary sealing region 31 and the lid member 5, which are the outer peripheral portions of the flange portion 3, in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 6A). ). Further, in this primary sealing step, the lid member 5 is heat-welded to the primary sealing region 31 by using, for example, a heat sealing machine (not shown).

 なお、本実施形態では、殺菌工程を株式会社日阪製作所製、短時間調理殺菌装置RIC(以下、単にRICともいう)を用いて行う場合について説明する。ここで、短時間調理殺菌装置RIC(図示せず)とは、処理対象となる容器入りの食品を収容可能な処理槽と、該処理槽へ蒸気を供給する蒸気供給装置と、該処理槽内を脱気して真空状態とする減圧装置と、該処理槽内を加熱する加熱装置とを備えたものである。 In this embodiment, a case where the sterilization process is performed using a short-time cooking sterilizer RIC (hereinafter, also simply referred to as RIC) manufactured by Hisaka Works, Ltd. will be described. Here, the short-time cooking sterilizer RIC (not shown) includes a processing tank capable of accommodating food in a container to be processed, a steam supply device for supplying steam to the processing tank, and the inside of the processing tank. It is provided with a decompression device for degassing and creating a vacuum state, and a heating device for heating the inside of the processing tank.

 本実施形態では、殺菌工程の前に収容部2内を脱気する脱気工程を行う。脱気工程を行う際には、トレー上に食品Fを収容し蓋部材5を一次シールした包装容器1を複数個並べ、さらに該トレーを上下方向に複数段積み重ねた状態でRICを構成する処理槽内に収容する。処理槽の蓋を閉じて処理槽を密封した後、該処理槽内を真空状態まで脱気する。処理槽内が真空状態まで脱気されると、流通路Rを介して収容部2内の空気も脱気され、収容部2内も処理槽内と同じ真空状態となる。 In the present embodiment, the degassing step of degassing the inside of the housing portion 2 is performed before the sterilization step. When performing the degassing step, a process of arranging a plurality of packaging containers 1 in which food F is stored on a tray and the lid member 5 is primarily sealed, and further stacking the trays in a plurality of stages in the vertical direction to form an RIC. Store in a tank. After closing the lid of the treatment tank and sealing the treatment tank, the inside of the treatment tank is degassed to a vacuum state. When the inside of the processing tank is degassed to a vacuum state, the air in the accommodating portion 2 is also degassed through the flow passage R, and the inside of the accommodating portion 2 also becomes the same vacuum state as the inside of the processing tank.

 殺菌工程では、処理槽内に加熱蒸気Sを供給するとともに処理槽内の温度を、例えば、100℃~145℃とする。処理槽内に供給された加熱蒸気Sは、フランジ部3の下方から流通路R(貫通孔38及び隙間C)を介して、収容部2内に流通する。これにより、収容部2内に収容された食品Fは、加熱蒸気Sにより殺菌される。 In the sterilization step, the heated steam S is supplied into the treatment tank and the temperature in the treatment tank is set to, for example, 100 ° C to 145 ° C. The heated steam S supplied into the processing tank flows from below the flange portion 3 into the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R (through hole 38 and gap C). As a result, the food F stored in the storage unit 2 is sterilized by the heated steam S.

 本実施形態では、殺菌工程の後に食品Fを冷却する冷却工程を行う。冷却工程では、前記処理槽内を減圧して加熱蒸気Sを排出し、さらに該処理槽内を真空状態とすることで該水分が蒸発して食品Fから潜熱が奪われ、食品Fが冷却される。 In the present embodiment, the cooling step of cooling the food F is performed after the sterilization step. In the cooling step, the inside of the treatment tank is depressurized to discharge the heated steam S, and the inside of the treatment tank is put into a vacuum state to evaporate the water content and remove latent heat from the food F, so that the food F is cooled. To.

 さらに、冷却工程の後、前記処理槽の蓋をあけて食品Fが収容された包装容器1をトレーとともに取り出す。 Further, after the cooling step, the lid of the processing tank is opened and the packaging container 1 containing the food F is taken out together with the tray.

 その後、好ましくはガス置換工程を実施する。該ガス置換工程では、流通路Rを介して収容部2内に、窒素ガスや炭酸ガスなどの不活性ガスを供給する。 After that, preferably a gas replacement step is carried out. In the gas replacement step, an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or carbon dioxide gas is supplied into the accommodating portion 2 via the flow passage R.

 なお、本実施形態のガス置換工程及び二次シール工程は、包装容器1がヒートシール機の金型に載置された状態で行われる。該金型には、包装容器1を載置したときに容器本体4に形成された貫通孔38を介して不活性ガスを供給可能な供給路が設けられている。本実施形態のガス置換工程では、4か所の貫通孔38のうちの何れか一つの貫通孔38に金型の供給路を介して不活性ガスが供給される。また、該金型には、残る3つの貫通孔38に対応する位置にも空気排出用の排出路が形成されており、供給された不活性ガスにより押しだされた包装容器1内の空気は、該排出路を介して外部へと放出される。 The gas replacement step and the secondary sealing step of the present embodiment are performed in a state where the packaging container 1 is placed on the mold of the heat sealing machine. The mold is provided with a supply path capable of supplying the inert gas through the through hole 38 formed in the container body 4 when the packaging container 1 is placed. In the gas replacement step of the present embodiment, the inert gas is supplied to any one of the four through holes 38 via the mold supply path. Further, the mold also has an air discharge path formed at a position corresponding to the remaining three through holes 38, and the air in the packaging container 1 extruded by the supplied inert gas is released. , It is discharged to the outside through the discharge path.

 ガス置換工程を行った後、図8A及び図8Bに示すように、蓋部材5と二次シール領域32とをシールする二次シール工程を行う。これにより、包装容器1と蓋部材5と食品Fとで構成される包装食品6が得られる。 After performing the gas replacement step, as shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, a secondary sealing step of sealing the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 is performed. As a result, the packaged food 6 composed of the packaging container 1, the lid member 5, and the food F can be obtained.

 本実施形態の二次シール工程は、フランジ部3の外周部である二次シール領域32と蓋部材5とを、面状にシールする工程である。二次シール工程において、蓋部材5は、ヒートシール機(図示せず)を用いることにより二次シール領域32に熱溶着される。 The secondary sealing step of the present embodiment is a step of sealing the secondary sealing region 32, which is the outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 3, and the lid member 5 in a planar shape. In the secondary sealing step, the lid member 5 is heat-welded to the secondary sealing region 32 by using a heat sealing machine (not shown).

 本実施形態では、ヒートシール機は、容器本体4が載置されガス置換を行った前記金型(受け金型)と、上方から蓋部材5を押さえる金型(ヒートシール用金型)と、を備えており、二次シール工程は、ガス置換後受け金型に包装容器を載置したまま速やかにシールを行うため、包装容器1内の酸素濃度を極めて低い状態に維持することができる。 In the present embodiment, the heat-sealing machine includes the mold (reception mold) on which the container body 4 is placed and gas-replaced, and a mold (heat-sealing mold) that presses the lid member 5 from above. In the secondary sealing step, the packaging container is quickly sealed while being placed on the receiving mold after gas replacement, so that the oxygen concentration in the packaging container 1 can be maintained in an extremely low state.

 なお、包装容器1の二次シール領域32はフランジ部3の全域であるため、二次シールを行う際に、フランジ部3の全域は上下方向から加圧されて、図9に示すように、貫通孔38が閉塞されるとともに、フランジ最上部33も潰れて隙間Cも閉塞される。本実施形態の包装容器1では、二次シール後の包装容器1において、貫通孔38は蓋部材5のみにより閉塞されているが、二次シールを行う際に、上面が平坦面となっている金型にフランジ部3を載置した状態で、フランジ部3の全域を上下方向から加圧することにより、二次シール後の包装容器1において、貫通孔38が蓋部材5に加えて変形した(潰れた)貫通領域36により閉塞されてもよい。また、二次シールを行う際に、フランジ部3のうちフランジ最上部33を除く全域を上下方向から加圧してもよい。この場合、フランジ最上部33は潰れず残った状態で、隙間Cが閉塞される。 Since the secondary seal region 32 of the packaging container 1 covers the entire area of the flange portion 3, the entire area of the flange portion 3 is pressurized from above and below when performing the secondary seal, and as shown in FIG. The through hole 38 is closed, the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is also crushed, and the gap C is also closed. In the packaging container 1 of the present embodiment, in the packaging container 1 after the secondary sealing, the through hole 38 is closed only by the lid member 5, but the upper surface becomes a flat surface when the secondary sealing is performed. By pressurizing the entire area of the flange portion 3 from the vertical direction while the flange portion 3 is placed on the mold, the through hole 38 is deformed in addition to the lid member 5 in the packaging container 1 after the secondary sealing (). It may be blocked by the (crushed) penetrating region 36. Further, when performing the secondary sealing, the entire area of the flange portion 3 except the flange uppermost portion 33 may be pressurized from the vertical direction. In this case, the gap C is closed with the uppermost portion 33 of the flange remaining without being crushed.

 以上の包装容器1は、例えば、収容部2に食品Fを収容し、フランジ部3の貫通領域36に貫通孔38を設けた後に、蓋部材5とフランジ部3の一次シール領域31をシールし、さらに、収容部2内に流通路Rを介して加熱蒸気Sを流通させて食品Fを殺菌した後、蓋部材5とフランジ部3の二次シール領域32とをシールするような包装食品6の包装容器1として好適に使用できるものである。 In the above packaging container 1, for example, the food F is stored in the storage portion 2, the through hole 38 is provided in the through region 36 of the flange portion 3, and then the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3 are sealed. Further, the packaged food 6 that seals the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 of the flange portion 3 after sterilizing the food F by circulating the heated steam S through the flow passage R in the accommodating portion 2. Can be suitably used as the packaging container 1 of the above.

 この包装容器1では、フランジ部3の一次シール領域31よりも内側に貫通孔38が設けられると、この貫通孔38が流通路Rの一部を構成する。また、一次シール領域31と蓋部材5とがシールされると、フランジ下部34と蓋部材5との間に隙間Cが生じて、この隙間Cが流通路Rの一部を構成する。よって、食品Fを殺菌する際に、加熱蒸気Sがフランジ部3の下方から、貫通孔38及び隙間Cにより構成される流通路Rを介して収容部2内に流通することで、収容部2内の食品Fの殺菌が可能である。 In this packaging container 1, when a through hole 38 is provided inside the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3, the through hole 38 forms a part of the flow passage R. Further, when the primary seal region 31 and the lid member 5 are sealed, a gap C is generated between the flange lower portion 34 and the lid member 5, and this gap C forms a part of the flow passage R. Therefore, when the food F is sterilized, the heated steam S flows from below the flange portion 3 into the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R formed by the through hole 38 and the gap C, whereby the accommodating portion 2 is sterilized. It is possible to sterilize the food F inside.

 特に、この包装容器1では、フランジ下部上面340よりもフランジ最上部上面330が上方に位置することから、食品Fを殺菌する際に、フランジ最上部33が流通路Rに含まれる隙間Cを保持する。そのため、フランジ最上部33によりこの隙間Cが閉塞されない状態を確実に維持した状態で、加熱蒸気Sを収容部2内に流通させることができる。 In particular, in this packaging container 1, since the upper surface 330 of the upper end of the flange is located above the upper surface 340 of the lower surface of the flange, the uppermost 33 of the flange holds the gap C included in the flow passage R when the food F is sterilized. To do. Therefore, the heated steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2 while the state in which the gap C is not closed by the flange uppermost portion 33 is surely maintained.

 さらに、この包装容器1では、流通路Rの上に蓋部材5が位置する、即ち、流通路Rが蓋部材5上に露出しないため、落下菌が流通路Rを介して包装容器1内に混入しにくい。また、二次シール領域32が蓋部材5とシールされることで流通路Rが閉塞されるように構成されているので、蓋部材5と容器本体4との二次シールにより、包装容器1が食品Fを完全に封止できる。 Further, in the packaging container 1, the lid member 5 is located on the flow passage R, that is, the flow passage R is not exposed on the lid member 5, so that the falling bacteria enter the packaging container 1 through the flow passage R. Hard to mix. Further, since the secondary seal region 32 is sealed with the lid member 5 to close the flow passage R, the packaging container 1 is formed by the secondary seal between the lid member 5 and the container body 4. Food F can be completely sealed.

 本実施形態の包装容器1では、貫通領域36の一部に裂け目380を形成することで貫通孔38を設けると(図5参照)、貫通孔38の形成時にフランジ部3の一部が破断することがなくフランジ部3の破片が生じない。よって、収容部2内にフランジ部3の破片が混入することを防止できる。 In the packaging container 1 of the present embodiment, if the through hole 38 is provided by forming a crevice 380 in a part of the through region 36 (see FIG. 5), a part of the flange portion 3 is broken when the through hole 38 is formed. No fragments of the flange portion 3 are generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent debris from the flange portion 3 from being mixed into the accommodating portion 2.

 また、本実施形態の包装容器1では、貫通領域36が下方に凹んだ凹部であるため(図2参照)、貫通孔38を形成する際に、この凹んだ貫通領域36に穿孔針を突き刺すことで、貫通領域36の穿孔された部位が、フランジ部3の他の領域よりも下方に位置したままで保持され(図5参照)、この下方に位置した状態から上方に戻りにくい。これにより貫通孔38が閉塞されることを防ぐことができ、フランジ部3の二次シール領域と蓋部材5とがシールされるまで、貫通孔38の貫通状態を維持することができる。 Further, in the packaging container 1 of the present embodiment, since the through region 36 is a concave portion recessed downward (see FIG. 2), when forming the through hole 38, the perforation needle is pierced into the recessed through region 36. Therefore, the perforated portion of the penetration region 36 is held while being positioned below the other region of the flange portion 3 (see FIG. 5), and it is difficult to return upward from the state of being positioned below this. As a result, it is possible to prevent the through hole 38 from being blocked, and the through state of the through hole 38 can be maintained until the secondary seal region of the flange portion 3 and the lid member 5 are sealed.

 さらに、本実施形態の包装容器1では、収容部2を挟む位置に貫通領域36が配置されているため(図1A参照)、この位置に貫通孔38を設けると、貫通孔38を介して収容部2の両側から気体を流通させることにより(図4A参照)、食品Fの加熱むらを抑制できる。 Further, in the packaging container 1 of the present embodiment, since the through region 36 is arranged at a position sandwiching the accommodating portion 2 (see FIG. 1A), if the through hole 38 is provided at this position, the through hole 38 is accommodated. By circulating the gas from both sides of the part 2 (see FIG. 4A), uneven heating of the food F can be suppressed.

 なお、本実施形態で用いられる容器本体4及び蓋部材5は、ガスバリア層を有することが好ましい。即ち、容器本体4及び蓋部材5は、少なくとも一層の酸素バリア層を含む多層構造体から構成されていることが好ましい。容器本体4及び蓋部材5がガスバリア層を備えることで、殺菌処理後の好気性菌の増殖をより効率的に抑えられるため、角実施形態で達成される品質保持期間をより長くすることができる。前記ガスバリア層としては、酸素バリア層が考えられる。 The container body 4 and the lid member 5 used in the present embodiment preferably have a gas barrier layer. That is, it is preferable that the container body 4 and the lid member 5 are composed of a multilayer structure including at least one oxygen barrier layer. By providing the container body 4 and the lid member 5 with a gas barrier layer, the growth of aerobic bacteria after the sterilization treatment can be suppressed more efficiently, so that the quality retention period achieved in the square embodiment can be extended. .. As the gas barrier layer, an oxygen barrier layer can be considered.

 酸素バリア層は、気体の透過を防止する機能を有する層であり、例えば、20℃、65%RH条件下にて、JIS-K7126-2(2006年)第2部(等圧法)に準拠して測定した酸素透過度が100cc・20μm/(m2・day・atm)以下の層であり、好ましくは50cc・20μm/(m2・day・atm)以下、より好ましくは10cc・20μm/(m2・day・atm)以下の層である。ここで、「10cc・20μm/(m2・day・atm)」の酸素透過度とは、20μmのバリア材(酸素バリア層単独で構成される場合をいう)において、酸素1気圧下での1日の酸素透過量が10ccであることを言う。 The oxygen barrier layer is a layer having a function of preventing the permeation of gas. For example, it conforms to JIS-K7126-2 (2006) Part 2 (isobaric method) under the conditions of 20 ° C. and 65% RH. The layer has an oxygen permeability of 100 cc · 20 μm / (m2 · day · atm) or less, preferably 50 cc · 20 μm / (m2 · day · atm) or less, more preferably 10 cc · 20 μm / (m2 · day · atm) or less.・ Atm) The following layers. Here, the oxygen permeability of "10 cc / 20 μm / (m2 / day / atm)" means one day under 1 atm of oxygen in a barrier material of 20 μm (meaning that it is composed of an oxygen barrier layer alone). The oxygen permeation amount of is 10 cc.

 上記酸素バリア層は、例えば、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体(以下、「EVOH」ともいう。)、リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体、加工デンプン、ポリアミド、ポリエステル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル共重合体、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン、ポリビニルアルコール、無機層状化合物、無機蒸着層、金属箔等のガスバリア材を含む。特に、良好な酸素バリア性および溶融成形性を有するという理由から、上記酸素バリア層は、EVOH、ポリアミド、および加工デンプン、またはそれらの組み合わせを含むことが好ましく、特に優れた溶融成形性を有しているとの理由から、EVOHを含むことがより好ましい。 The oxygen barrier layer is, for example, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (hereinafter, also referred to as “EVOH”), a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element, processed starch, polyamide, polyester, polyvinylidene chloride, and acrylonitrile. Includes gas barrier materials such as copolymers, polyvinylidene fluoride, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinyl alcohol, inorganic layered compounds, inorganic vapor deposition layers, and metal foils. In particular, the oxygen barrier layer preferably contains EVOH, polyamide, and modified starch, or a combination thereof, because it has good oxygen barrier properties and melt moldability, and has particularly excellent melt moldability. It is more preferable to contain EVOH for the reason that it is contained.

(EVOH)
 EVOHは、例えば、エチレン-ビニルエステル共重合体をケン化することにより得ることができる。エチレン-ビニルエステル共重合体の製造およびケン化は、公知の方法により行うことができる。当該方法に用いることができるビニルエステルとしては、酢酸ビニル、ギ酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、およびバーサティック酸ビニル等の脂肪酸ビニルエステルが挙げられる。
(EVOH)
EVOH can be obtained, for example, by saponifying an ethylene-vinyl ester copolymer. The ethylene-vinyl ester copolymer can be produced and saponified by a known method. Examples of vinyl esters that can be used in this method include fatty acid vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl formate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, and vinyl versatic acid.

 本発明において、EVOHのエチレン単位含有量は、例えば、20モル%以上、22モル%以上、または24モル%以上であることが好ましい。また、EVOHのエチレン単位含有量は、例えば、60モル%以下、55モル%以下、または50モル%以下であることが好ましい。エチレン単位含有量が20モル%以下であると、その溶融形成性および高温下での酸素バリア性が向上する傾向にある。エチレン単位含有量が60モル%以下であると、酸素バリア性が向上する傾向にある。このようなEVOHにおけるエチレン単位含有量は、例えば、核磁気共鳴(NMR)法によって測定することができる。 In the present invention, the ethylene unit content of EVOH is preferably, for example, 20 mol% or more, 22 mol% or more, or 24 mol% or more. The ethylene unit content of EVOH is preferably, for example, 60 mol% or less, 55 mol% or less, or 50 mol% or less. When the ethylene unit content is 20 mol% or less, its melt-forming property and oxygen barrier property at high temperature tend to be improved. When the ethylene unit content is 60 mol% or less, the oxygen barrier property tends to be improved. The ethylene unit content in such EVOH can be measured by, for example, a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) method.

 本発明において、EVOHのビニルエステル成分のケン化度は、例えば、80モル%以上、90モル%以上、または99モル%以上であることが好ましい。ケン化度を80モル%以上とすることによって、例えば、上記酸素バリア層の酸素バリア性を高めることができる。他方、EVOHのビニルエステル成分のケン化度は、例えば、100%以下、99.99%以下であってもよい。EVOHのケン化度は、1H-NMR測定によってビニルエステル構造に含まれる水素原子のピーク面積と、ビニルアルコール構造に含まれる水素原子のピーク面積とを測定して算出され得る。EVOHのケン化度が上記範囲内にあることにより、容器本体4や蓋部材5を構成する酸素バリア層に良好な酸素バリア性を提供することができる。 In the present invention, the saponification degree of the vinyl ester component of EVOH is preferably, for example, 80 mol% or more, 90 mol% or more, or 99 mol% or more. By setting the saponification degree to 80 mol% or more, for example, the oxygen barrier property of the oxygen barrier layer can be enhanced. On the other hand, the saponification degree of the vinyl ester component of EVOH may be, for example, 100% or less and 99.99% or less. The degree of saponification of EVOH can be calculated by measuring the peak area of hydrogen atoms contained in the vinyl ester structure and the peak area of hydrogen atoms contained in the vinyl alcohol structure by 1H-NMR measurement. When the saponification degree of EVOH is within the above range, it is possible to provide good oxygen barrier properties to the oxygen barrier layer constituting the container body 4 and the lid member 5.

 EVOHはまた、本発明の目的が阻害されない範囲において、エチレンならびにビニルエステルおよびそのケン化物以外の他の単量体由来の単位を有していてもよい。EVOHがこのような他の単量体単位を有する場合、EVOHの全構造単位に対する当該他の単量体単位の含有量は、例えば、30モル%以下、20モル%以下、10モル%以下または5モル%以下である。さらに、EVOHが当該他の単量体由来の単位を有する場合、その含有量は、例えば、0.05モル%以上または0.1モル%以上である。 EVOH may also have units derived from ethylene and vinyl esters and other monomers other than saponified products thereof, as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. When EVOH has such other monomeric units, the content of the other monomeric units in the total structural units of EVOH is, for example, 30 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less or It is 5 mol% or less. Further, when EVOH has a unit derived from the other monomer, its content is, for example, 0.05 mol% or more or 0.1 mol% or more.

 こうしたEVOHが有していてもよい他の単量体としては、例えば、プロピレン、ブチレン、ペンテン、ヘキセン等のアルケン;3-アシロキシ-1-プロペン、3-アシロキシ-1-ブテン、4-アシロキシ-1-ブテン、3,4-ジアシロキシ-1-ブテン、3-アシロキシ-4-メチル-1-ブテン、4-アシロキシ-1-ブテン、3,4-ジアシロキシ-1-ブテン、3-アシロキシ-4-メチル-1-ブテン、4-アシロキシ-2-メチル-1-ブテン、4-アシロキシ-3-メチル-1-ブテン、3,4-ジアシロキシ-2-メチル-1-ブテン、4-アシロキシ-1-ペンテン、5-アシロキシ-1-ペンテン、4,5-ジアシロキシ1-ペンテン、4-アシロキシ-1-ヘキセン、5-アシロキシ-1-ヘキセン、6-アシロキシ-1-ヘキセン、5,6-ジアシロキシ-1-ヘキセン、1,3-ジアセトキシ-2-メチレンプロパン等のエステル基含有アルケンまたはそのケン化物;アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和酸またはその無水物、塩、またはモノもしくはジアルキルエステル等;アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のニトリル;アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド等のアミド;ビニルスルホン酸、アリルスルホン酸、メタアリルスルホン酸等のオレフィンスルホン酸またはその塩;ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリ(β-メトキシ-エトキシ)シラン、γ-メタクリルオキシプロピルメトキシシラン等のビニルシラン化合物;アルキルビニルエーテル類、ビニルケトン、N-ビニルピロリドン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン等が挙げられる。 Other monomers that EVOH may have include, for example, alkenes such as propylene, butylene, penten, hexene; 3-acyloxy-1-propene, 3-acyloxy-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-. 1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-1-butene, 3-acyloxy-4-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-1-butene, 3-acyloxy-4- Methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-2-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-3-methyl-1-butene, 3,4-diasiloxy-2-methyl-1-butene, 4-acyloxy-1- Penten, 5-Asiloxy-1-Pentene, 4,5-Diacyroxy 1-Pentene, 4-Acyloxy-1-hexene, 5-Acyloxy-1-hexene, 6-Acyloxy-1-hexene, 5,6-Diacyloxy-1 -Ester group-containing alkenes such as hexene, 1,3-diacetoxy-2-methylenepropane or saponified products thereof; unsaturated acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and itaconic acid or anhydrides, salts or monos thereof or Dialkyl esters and the like; nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; amides such as acrylamide and methacrylamide; olefin sulfonic acids such as vinyl sulfonic acid, allyl sulfonic acid and metaallyl sulfonic acid or salts thereof; vinyl trimethoxysilane and vinyl triethoxy Vinyl silane compounds such as silane, vinyltri (β-methoxy-ethoxy) silane, γ-methacryloxypropylmethoxysilane; alkyl vinyl ethers, vinyl ketones, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride and the like can be mentioned.

 EVOHは、ウレタン化、アセタール化、シアノエチル化、オキシアルキレン化等の手法を経て変性されたEVOHであってもよい。このように変性されたEVOHは上記酸素バリア層の溶融成形性を向上させる傾向にある。 The EVOH may be an EVOH modified by a method such as urethanization, acetalization, cyanoethylation, or oxyalkyleneization. The EVOH modified in this way tends to improve the melt moldability of the oxygen barrier layer.

 EVOHとして、エチレン単位含有量、ケン化度、共重合体成分、変性の有無または変性の種類等が異なるEVOHを2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。 As the EVOH, two or more types of EVOH having different ethylene unit content, degree of saponification, copolymer component, presence / absence of modification, type of modification, etc. may be used in combination.

 EVOHは、塊状重合法、溶液重合法、懸濁重合法、乳化重合法などの公知の方法で得ることができる。1つの実施形態では、無溶媒またはアルコールなどの溶液中で重合が進行可能な塊状重合法または溶液重合法が用いられる。 EVOH can be obtained by a known method such as a massive polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, or an emulsion polymerization method. In one embodiment, a massive or solution polymerization method is used in which the polymerization can proceed in a solvent-free solution or in a solution such as alcohol.

 溶液重合法において用いられる溶媒は特に限定されないが、例えばアルコール、好ましくはメタノール、エタノール、プロパノールなどの低級アルコールである。重合反応液における溶媒の使用量は、目的とするEVOHの粘度平均重合度や溶媒の連鎖移動を考慮して選択すればよく、反応液に含まれる溶媒と全単量体との質量比(溶媒/全単量体)は例えば、0.01~10であり、好ましくは0.05~3である。 The solvent used in the solution polymerization method is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an alcohol, preferably a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, or propanol. The amount of the solvent used in the polymerization reaction solution may be selected in consideration of the viscosity average degree of polymerization of the target EVOH and the chain transfer of the solvent, and the mass ratio of the solvent contained in the reaction solution to all the monomers (solvent). / Total monomer) is, for example, 0.01 to 10, preferably 0.05 to 3.

 そして、上記重合に用いられる触媒としては、例えば、2,2-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2-アゾビス-(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2-アゾビス-(4-メトキシ-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2-アゾビス-(2-シクロプロピルプロピオニトリル)等のアゾ系開始剤;イソブチリルパーオキサイド、クミルパーオキシネオデカノエイト、ジイソプロピルパーオキシカーボネート、ジ-n-プロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキシネオデカノエイト、ラウロイルパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド等の有機過酸化物系開始剤などが挙げられる。 Examples of the catalyst used for the above polymerization include 2,2-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2-azobis- (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 2,2-azobis- (4-methoxy). Azo-based initiators such as -2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 2,2-azobis- (2-cyclopropylpropionitrile); isobutyryl peroxide, cumylperoxyneodecanoate, diisopropylperoxycarbonate, Examples thereof include organic peroxide-based initiators such as di-n-propylperoxydicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, lauroyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, and t-butyl hydroperoxide.

 重合温度は20℃~90℃が好ましく、40℃~70℃がより好ましい。重合時間は2時間~15時間が好ましく、3時間~11時間がより好ましい。重合率は、仕込みのビニルエステルに対して10%~90%が好ましく、30%~80%がより好ましい。重合後の溶液中の樹脂含有率は5%~85%が好ましく、20%~70%がより好ましい。 The polymerization temperature is preferably 20 ° C. to 90 ° C., more preferably 40 ° C. to 70 ° C. The polymerization time is preferably 2 hours to 15 hours, more preferably 3 hours to 11 hours. The polymerization rate is preferably 10% to 90%, more preferably 30% to 80% with respect to the charged vinyl ester. The resin content in the solution after polymerization is preferably 5% to 85%, more preferably 20% to 70%.

 上記重合では、所定時間の重合後または所定の重合率に達した後、必要に応じて重合禁止剤が添加され、未反応のエチレンガスを蒸発除去して、未反応のビニルエステルが取り除かれ得る。 In the above polymerization, after polymerization for a predetermined time or after reaching a predetermined polymerization rate, a polymerization inhibitor may be added as necessary to evaporate and remove unreacted ethylene gas to remove unreacted vinyl ester. ..

 次いで、上記共重合体溶液にアルカリ触媒が添加され、上記共重合体がケン化される。ケン化の方法には、連続式および回分式のいずれも採用されてもよい。添加可能なアルカリ触媒の例としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アルカリ金属アルコラートなどが挙げられる。 Next, an alkaline catalyst is added to the copolymer solution to saponify the copolymer. As the saponification method, either a continuous method or a batch method may be adopted. Examples of the alkali catalyst that can be added include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, alkali metal alcoholate and the like.

 ケン化反応後のEVOHは、アルカリ触媒、酢酸ナトリウムや酢酸カリウムなどの副生塩類、その他不純物を含有する。このため、必要に応じて中和や洗浄することにより、これらを除去することが好ましい。ここで、ケン化反応後のEVOHを、所定のイオン(例えば、金属イオン、塩化物イオン)をほとんど含まない水(例えば、イオン交換水)で洗浄する際、酢酸ナトリウム、酢酸カリウム等の副生塩類を完全に除去せず、その一部を残存させてもよい。 EVOH after the saponification reaction contains an alkaline catalyst, by-products such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate, and other impurities. Therefore, it is preferable to remove them by neutralizing or washing as necessary. Here, when the EVOH after the saponification reaction is washed with water containing almost no predetermined ions (for example, metal ions and chloride ions) (for example, ion-exchanged water), by-products such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate are produced. The salts may not be completely removed and some of them may remain.

 EVOHは他の熱可塑性樹脂、金属塩、酸、ホウ素化合物、可塑剤、フィラー、ブロッキング防止剤、滑剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、着色剤、紫外線吸収剤、帯電防止剤、乾燥剤、架橋剤、各種繊維などの補強材、他の成分を含有していてもよい。上記酸素バリア層の熱安定性や他樹脂との接着性が良好であるという理由から、金属塩および酸を含むことが好ましい。 EVOH is another thermoplastic resin, metal salt, acid, boron compound, plasticizer, filler, blocking inhibitor, lubricant, stabilizer, surfactant, colorant, ultraviolet absorber, antistatic agent, desiccant, cross-linking agent. , Reinforcing materials such as various fibers, and other components may be contained. It is preferable to contain a metal salt and an acid because the oxygen barrier layer has good thermal stability and adhesiveness to other resins.

 上記金属塩は、層間接着性を向上させるという点でアルカリ金属塩を用いることが好ましく、熱安定性を向上させるという点ではアルカリ土類金属塩を用いることが好ましい。EVOHが金属塩を含有する場合、その含有量は、EVOHに対して当該金属塩の金属原子換算で、例えば、1ppm以上、5ppm以上、10ppm以上、または20ppm以上である。そして、EVOHが金属塩を含有する場合、その含有量は、EVOHに対して当該金属塩の金属原子換算で、例えば、10000ppm以下、5000ppm以下、1000ppm以下、または500ppm以下である。金属塩の含有量が上記下限および上限で構成される範囲内にあることにより、上記酸素バリア層の層間接着性を良好に保持しつつ、容器本体4をリサイクルする際のEVOHの熱安定性を良好に保つ傾向がある。 As the metal salt, it is preferable to use an alkali metal salt from the viewpoint of improving interlayer adhesion, and it is preferable to use an alkaline earth metal salt from the viewpoint of improving thermal stability. When EVOH contains a metal salt, the content thereof is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 5 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 20 ppm or more in terms of metal atoms of the metal salt with respect to EVOH. When EVOH contains a metal salt, the content thereof is, for example, 10,000 ppm or less, 5000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less in terms of metal atoms of the metal salt with respect to EVOH. When the content of the metal salt is within the range composed of the lower limit and the upper limit, the thermal stability of EVOH when recycling the container body 4 is maintained while maintaining good interlayer adhesion of the oxygen barrier layer. Tends to keep good.

 上記酸としては、例えば、カルボン酸化合物、リン酸化合物などが挙げられる。これらの酸は、EVOHを溶融成形する際の熱安定性を高めることができる点で有用である。EVOHがカルボン酸化合物を含有する場合、カルボン酸の含有量(すなわち、EVOHを含む酸素バリア層の乾燥組成物中のカルボン酸の含有量)は、例えば、1ppm以上、10ppm以上、または50ppm以上である。そして、カルボン酸化合物の含有量は、例えば、10000ppm以下、1000ppm以下、または500ppm以下である。EVOHがリン酸化合物を含有する場合、リン酸の含有量(すなわち、EVOHを含む酸素バリア層のリン酸化合物のリン酸根換算含有量)は、例えば、1ppm以上、10ppm以上、または30ppm以上である。そして、リン酸化合物の含有量は、例えば、10000ppm以下、1000ppm以下、または300ppm以下である。EVOHがカルボン酸化合物またはリン酸化合物を上記範囲内で含有することにより、EVOHの溶融成形時の熱安定性が良好になる傾向がある。 Examples of the acid include carboxylic acid compounds and phosphoric acid compounds. These acids are useful in that they can enhance the thermal stability of EVOH during melt molding. When EVOH contains a carboxylic acid compound, the content of carboxylic acid (that is, the content of carboxylic acid in the dry composition of the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH) is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 50 ppm or more. is there. The content of the carboxylic acid compound is, for example, 10000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less. When EVOH contains a phosphoric acid compound, the phosphoric acid content (that is, the phosphoric acid root equivalent content of the phosphoric acid compound in the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH) is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 30 ppm or more. .. The content of the phosphoric acid compound is, for example, 10000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 300 ppm or less. When EVOH contains a carboxylic acid compound or a phosphoric acid compound within the above range, the thermal stability of EVOH during melt molding tends to be improved.

 EVOHが上記ホウ素化合物を含有する場合、その含有量(すなわち、EVOHを含む酸素バリア層の乾燥組成物中のホウ素化合物のホウ素換算含有量)は、例えば、1ppm以上、10ppm以上、または50ppm以上である。そして、ホウ素化合物の含有量は、例えば、2000ppm以下、1000ppm以下、または500ppm以下である。EVOHがホウ素化合物またはリン酸化合物を上記範囲内で含有することにより、EVOHの溶融成形時の熱安定性が良好になる傾向がある。 When EVOH contains the above-mentioned boron compound, its content (that is, the boron-equivalent content of the boron compound in the dry composition of the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH) is, for example, 1 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, or 50 ppm or more. is there. The content of the boron compound is, for example, 2000 ppm or less, 1000 ppm or less, or 500 ppm or less. When EVOH contains a boron compound or a phosphoric acid compound within the above range, the thermal stability of EVOH during melt molding tends to be improved.

 上記カルボン酸化合物、リン酸化合物、またはホウ素化合物を、EVOHを含む酸素バリア層に含有させるための方法は特に限定されず、例えばEVOHを含む組成物のペレット化の際にこれらを添加して混練してもよい。上記カルボン酸化合物、リン酸化合物、またはホウ素化合物の添加方法は特に限定されず、乾燥粉末として添加する方法、所定の溶媒を含浸させたペーストの状態で添加する方法、所定の液体に懸濁させた状態で添加する方法、所定の溶媒に溶解させて溶液として添加する方法、所定の溶液に浸漬させる方法などが挙げられる。特に、これらの化合物をEVOH中に均質に分散させることができるという理由から、所定の溶媒に溶解させて溶液として添加する方法および所定の溶液に浸漬させる方法を採用することが好ましい。このような方法で使用する溶媒は特に限定されないが、添加剤として添加されるこれら化合物の溶解性、コスト、取り扱いの容易さ、作業環境の安全性等を考慮すると、水であることが好ましい。 The method for incorporating the carboxylic acid compound, the phosphoric acid compound, or the boron compound into the oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH is not particularly limited, and for example, these are added and kneaded at the time of pelletizing the composition containing EVOH. You may. The method of adding the carboxylic acid compound, the phosphoric acid compound, or the boron compound is not particularly limited, and the method of adding as a dry powder, the method of adding in the form of a paste impregnated with a predetermined solvent, or the method of suspending in a predetermined liquid Examples thereof include a method of adding in a state of being added, a method of dissolving in a predetermined solvent and adding as a solution, a method of immersing in a predetermined solution, and the like. In particular, since these compounds can be uniformly dispersed in EVOH, it is preferable to adopt a method of dissolving them in a predetermined solvent and adding them as a solution, and a method of immersing them in a predetermined solution. The solvent used in such a method is not particularly limited, but water is preferable in consideration of the solubility, cost, ease of handling, safety of the working environment, and the like of these compounds added as additives.

 多層構造体における酸素バリア層がEVOHを主成分として含有する場合、当該酸素バリア層におけるEVOHの割合は、例えば、60質量%以上、70質量%以上、80質量%以上、90質量%以上、または100質量%である。ここで、本明細書中に用いられる用語「酸素バリア層の主成分」とは、酸素バリア層を構成する成分の中で最も大きな質量%を有する成分を指して言う。 When the oxygen barrier layer in the multilayer structure contains EVOH as a main component, the proportion of EVOH in the oxygen barrier layer is, for example, 60% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 80% by mass or more, 90% by mass or more, or It is 100% by mass. Here, the term "main component of the oxygen barrier layer" used in the present specification refers to a component having the largest mass% among the components constituting the oxygen barrier layer.

 多層構造体における酸素バリア層がEVOHを主成分として含有する場合、当該酸素バリア層の平均厚みは、例えば、3μm以上、5μm以上、または10μm以上である、そして、当該酸素バリア層の平均厚みは、例えば、100μm以下、または50μm以下である。ここで、本明細書中に用いられる用語「酸素バリア層の平均厚み」とは、多層構造体に含まれる上記EVOHを主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の全体の厚みの合計を当該酸素バリア層の層数で除した値を指して言う。酸素バリア層の平均厚みが上記範囲内にあることにより、本発明の包装容器を構成する容器本体4や蓋部材5の耐久性や柔軟性、外観特性が良好となる傾向がある。 When the oxygen barrier layer in the multilayer structure contains EVOH as a main component, the average thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is, for example, 3 μm or more, 5 μm or more, or 10 μm or more, and the average thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is For example, 100 μm or less, or 50 μm or less. Here, the term "average thickness of oxygen barrier layer" used in the present specification refers to the total thickness of the entire oxygen barrier layer containing EVOH as a main component contained in the multilayer structure. It refers to the value divided by the number of layers. When the average thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is within the above range, the durability, flexibility, and appearance characteristics of the container body 4 and the lid member 5 constituting the packaging container of the present invention tend to be good.

(リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体)
 リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体は、リン化合物と多価金属の化合物とが反応することにより形成されるバリア層を有する。この構造体は、リン化合物を含む溶液と多価金属の化合物を含む溶液または分散液とを混合してコーティング剤を調製し、当該コーティング剤を基材上に塗布し、多価金属の化合物とリン化合物とを反応させることにより形成され得る。ここで、上記多価金属原子をMで表すと、多価金属原子Mとリン原子との間にはM-O-Pで表される結合が形成される。M-O-P結合は赤外吸収スペクトルにおける特性吸収帯が1080cm-1~1130cm-1の領域に観察することができ、当該複合構造体の赤外吸収スペクトルにおいて、800cm-1~1400cm-1の領域における最大吸収波数は1080cm-1~1130cm-1の範囲にあることが好ましい。複合構造体の最大吸収波数が上記範囲内にあると、当該複合構造体は優れた酸素バリア性を有する傾向にある。
(Composite structure containing phosphorus and multivalent metal elements)
The composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element has a barrier layer formed by the reaction of the phosphorus compound and the compound of the polyvalent metal. In this structure, a solution containing a phosphorus compound and a solution or dispersion containing a compound of a polyvalent metal are mixed to prepare a coating agent, and the coating agent is applied onto a substrate to obtain a compound of the polyvalent metal. It can be formed by reacting with a phosphorus compound. Here, when the polyvalent metal atom is represented by M, a bond represented by MOP is formed between the polyvalent metal atom M and the phosphorus atom. The MOP bond can be observed in the region where the characteristic absorption band in the infrared absorption spectrum is 1080 cm-1 to 1130 cm-1, and in the infrared absorption spectrum of the composite structure, 800 cm-1 to 1400 cm-1. The maximum absorbed wave number in this region is preferably in the range of 1080 cm-1 to 1130 cm-1. When the maximum absorbed wave number of the composite structure is within the above range, the composite structure tends to have an excellent oxygen barrier property.

 コーティング剤を塗布する基材としては特に限定されず、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂等の樹脂;布帛、紙類等の繊維集合体;木材;ガラス等が挙げられる。特に、熱可塑性樹脂および繊維集合体が好ましく、熱可塑性樹脂がより好ましい。基材の形態は特に制限されず、フィルムまたはシート等の層状であってもよい。基材としては、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムおよび紙からなるものがより好ましく、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムがさらに好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムとしてはポリエステルが好ましく、複合構造体に良好な機械強度を付与することができるという理由からポリエチレンテレフタレートがより好ましい。 The base material to which the coating agent is applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins; fiber aggregates such as fabrics and papers; wood; glass and the like. In particular, a thermoplastic resin and a fiber aggregate are preferable, and a thermoplastic resin is more preferable. The form of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be a layer such as a film or a sheet. As the base material, one made of a thermoplastic resin film and paper is more preferable, and a thermoplastic resin film is further preferable. Polyester is preferable as the thermoplastic resin film, and polyethylene terephthalate is more preferable because it can impart good mechanical strength to the composite structure.

 多価金属元素としては、2分子以上のリン化合物が反応可能な多価金属元素であれば特に限定されず、任意の元素が使用され得る。例えば、多価金属元素は、半多価金属元素であってもよい。多価金属元素の例としては、マグネシウム、カルシウム、亜鉛、アルミニウム、珪素、チタン、ジルコニウムなどの元素が挙げられる。特にアルミニウムが好ましい。 The polyvalent metal element is not particularly limited as long as it is a polyvalent metal element capable of reacting two or more molecules of a phosphorus compound, and any element can be used. For example, the polyvalent metal element may be a semi-multivalent metal element. Examples of polyvalent metal elements include elements such as magnesium, calcium, zinc, aluminum, silicon, titanium and zirconium. Aluminum is particularly preferable.

 多価金属元素の化合物としては、リン化合物と反応して複合構造体を形成することができるものであれば特に限定されず、任意の化合物が使用され得る。また、多価金属化合物は溶剤に溶解した溶液として用いても、多価金属化合物の微粒子を溶剤に分散した分散液として用いてもよく、例えば、硝酸アルミニウムを多価金属化合物として含有する水溶液を用いることができる。 The compound of the polyvalent metal element is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the phosphorus compound to form a composite structure, and any compound can be used. Further, the polyvalent metal compound may be used as a solution dissolved in a solvent or as a dispersion liquid in which fine particles of the polyvalent metal compound are dispersed in a solvent. For example, an aqueous solution containing aluminum nitrate as a polyvalent metal compound may be used. Can be used.

 さらに、多価金属化合物の微粒子を水または水性溶剤中に分散させて、分散液として用いてもよい。このような分散液としては、酸化アルミニウム微粒子の分散液が好ましい。一般に、多価金属酸化物の微粒子はその表面に水酸基を有しており、水酸基の存在によって上記リン化合物と反応して上記結合を形成することができる。多価金属酸化物の微粒子は、例えば、加水分解可能な特性基が金属原子に結合した化合物を原料として、これを加水分解し、この加水分解生成物を縮合させることで合成することができる。原料の例としては、塩化アルミニウム、アルミニウムトリエトキシド、およびアルミニウムイソプロポキシドが挙げられる。上記加水分解生成物を縮合させる方法としては、例えば、ゾルゲル法などの液相合成法が挙げられる。また、多価金属酸化物の微粒子は、例えば、球状、扁平状、多面体状、繊維状、または針状の形態を有することが好ましく、酸素バリア性を高めることができるという理由から、繊維状または針状の形態を有することが好ましい。さらに、多価金属酸化物微粒子の平均粒径は、酸素バリア性および透明性を高めるために、1nm以上100nm以下であることが好ましい。 Further, fine particles of the multivalent metal compound may be dispersed in water or an aqueous solvent and used as a dispersion liquid. As such a dispersion, a dispersion of aluminum oxide fine particles is preferable. In general, fine particles of a multivalent metal oxide have a hydroxyl group on its surface, and the presence of the hydroxyl group can react with the phosphorus compound to form the bond. Fine particles of a polyvalent metal oxide can be synthesized, for example, by using a compound in which a hydrolyzable characteristic group is bonded to a metal atom as a raw material, hydrolyzing the compound, and condensing the hydrolysis product. Examples of raw materials include aluminum chloride, aluminum triethoxydo, and aluminum isopropoxide. Examples of the method for condensing the hydrolysis products include a liquid phase synthesis method such as a sol-gel method. Further, the fine particles of the polyvalent metal oxide preferably have a spherical, flat, polyhedral, fibrous, or needle-like morphology, and are fibrous or fibrous because the oxygen barrier property can be enhanced. It preferably has a needle-like shape. Further, the average particle size of the polyvalent metal oxide fine particles is preferably 1 nm or more and 100 nm or less in order to enhance the oxygen barrier property and transparency.

 リン化合物としては、多価金属の化合物と反応して上記結合を形成し得るものであれば特に限定されず、任意のリン化合物を使用することができる。リン化合物としては、例えば、リン酸系化合物およびその誘導体が挙げられる。具体的な例としては、リン酸、ポリリン酸、亜リン酸、ホスホン酸が挙げられる。上記ポリリン酸としては、ピロリン酸、三リン酸、または4つ以上のリン酸が縮合したポリリン酸が挙げられる。また、リン酸系化合物の誘導体としては、リン酸塩、エステル(例えば、リン酸トリメチル)、ハロゲン化物、脱水物(例えば、五酸化リン)が挙げられる。 The phosphorus compound is not particularly limited as long as it can react with a compound of a polyvalent metal to form the above bond, and any phosphorus compound can be used. Examples of the phosphorus compound include a phosphoric acid-based compound and a derivative thereof. Specific examples include phosphoric acid, polyphosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, and phosphonic acid. Examples of the polyphosphoric acid include pyrophosphate, triphosphate, and polyphosphoric acid obtained by condensing four or more phosphoric acids. Examples of the derivative of the phosphoric acid-based compound include phosphates, esters (for example, trimethyl phosphate), halides, and dehydrated products (for example, phosphorus pentoxide).

 このリン化合物は溶液として用いることができ、例えば、水を溶剤とする水溶液や、低級アルコール溶液のような親水性の有機溶剤を含む溶液として用いることができる。 This phosphorus compound can be used as a solution, for example, it can be used as an aqueous solution using water as a solvent or a solution containing a hydrophilic organic solvent such as a lower alcohol solution.

 コーティング剤は、多価金属化合物の溶液または分散液と、リン化合物の溶液とを混合することにより得ることができる。上記コーティング剤には、その他の成分が添加されていてもよい。その他の成分の例としては、高分子化合物、金属錯体、粘度化合物、架橋剤、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、難燃剤などが挙げられる。高分子化合物の例としては、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ酢酸ビニルの部分ケン化物、ポリヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、多糖類(例えば、デンプン)、アクリル系ポリマー(例えば、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸、アクリル酸-メタクリル酸共重合体)、およびそれらの塩、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、エチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合体、イソブチレン-無水マレイン酸交互共重合体、エチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-アクリル酸エチル共重合体のケン化物などが挙げられる。 The coating agent can be obtained by mixing a solution or dispersion of a polyvalent metal compound with a solution of a phosphorus compound. Other components may be added to the coating agent. Examples of other components include polymer compounds, metal complexes, viscosity compounds, cross-linking agents, plasticizers, antioxidants, UV absorbers, flame retardants and the like. Examples of polymer compounds include polyvinyl alcohols, partially saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, polyhydroxyethyl (meth) acrylates, polysaccharides (eg starch), acrylic polymers (eg polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, acrylics). Acid-methacrylic acid copolymers) and their salts, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, isobutylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, Examples thereof include an ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer and a saponified product of an ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer.

 上記コーティング剤を塗布し、溶剤を除去乾燥して得られた塗布膜を、例えば、加熱処理することにより、多価金属化合物とリン化合物とを反応させて上記結合を形成して、リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体を形成することができる。加熱処理に採用される温度は110℃以上であることが好ましく、120℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることがさらに好ましく、170℃以上であることが特に好ましい。加熱処理に採用される温度が低い場合、十分な結合を形成するためには、より多くの時間を要することとなり生産性を低下させる場合がある。加熱処理に採用される温度の上限は、基材フィルムの種類によって異なり、例えば、240℃、または220℃である。また、加熱処理に要する時間は、例えば、0.1秒以上、1秒以上、または5秒以上である。また、加熱処理に要する時間は、例えば、1時間以下、15分以下、または5分以下である。なお、こうした加熱処理は、大気雰囲気下、窒素雰囲気下、またはアルゴン雰囲気下のいずれで行われてもよい。 The coating film obtained by applying the above coating agent, removing the solvent, and drying is, for example, heat-treated to react the polyvalent metal compound with the phosphorus compound to form the above bond, thereby forming phosphorus and poly. A composite structure containing a valent metal element can be formed. The temperature used for the heat treatment is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, further preferably 140 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 170 ° C. or higher. When the temperature adopted for the heat treatment is low, it takes more time to form a sufficient bond, which may reduce the productivity. The upper limit of the temperature adopted for the heat treatment varies depending on the type of the base film, and is, for example, 240 ° C. or 220 ° C. The time required for the heat treatment is, for example, 0.1 seconds or more, 1 second or more, or 5 seconds or more. The time required for the heat treatment is, for example, 1 hour or less, 15 minutes or less, or 5 minutes or less. In addition, such a heat treatment may be performed in an air atmosphere, a nitrogen atmosphere, or an argon atmosphere.

 リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体を主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みの下限は、例えば、0.05μm以上、または0.1μm以上である。リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体を主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みは、例えば、4μm以下、または2μm以下である。なお、本明細書中に用いられる用語「リンおよび多価金属元素を含む複合構造体を主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚み」とは、多層構造体に含まれる上記複合構造体を主成分として含有する酸素バリア層全体の厚みの合計を当該酸素バリア層の層数で除した値を指して言う。上記酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みが上記下限よりも小さいと、均一な厚みの層を成形することが困難となり、得られる多層構造体の耐久性を低下させる場合がある。上記酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みが上記上限を上回ると、得られる多層構造体の柔軟性、延伸性、熱性形成等が低下する場合がある。 The lower limit of the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component is, for example, 0.05 μm or more, or 0.1 μm or more. The average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component is, for example, 4 μm or less, or 2 μm or less. The term "the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing a composite structure containing phosphorus and a polyvalent metal element as a main component" as used in the present specification means the above-mentioned composite structure included in the multilayer structure. Refers to the value obtained by dividing the total thickness of the entire oxygen barrier layer containing the above as the main component by the number of layers of the oxygen barrier layer. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer is smaller than the above lower limit, it becomes difficult to form a layer having a uniform thickness, and the durability of the obtained multilayer structure may be lowered. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer exceeds the above upper limit, the flexibility, stretchability, thermal formation, etc. of the obtained multilayer structure may decrease.

(加工デンプン)
 加工デンプンの原料となるデンプンとしては特に限定されず、例えば、コムギ、トウモロコシ、タピオカ、ジャガイモ、コメ、エンバク、アロールート、およびエンドウ原料に由来するものが挙げられる。デンプンとしては、ハイアミロースデンプンが好ましく、ハイアミローストウモロコシデンプン、およびハイアミロースタピオカデンプンがより好ましい。
(Modified starch)
The starch used as a raw material for modified starch is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those derived from wheat, corn, tapioca, potato, rice, embuck, arrowroot, and pea raw material. As the starch, high amylose starch is preferable, and high amylose corn starch and high amylose tapioca starch are more preferable.

 加工デンプンは、上記デンプンをエーテル、エステルまたはこれらの組み合わせである官能基でヒドロキシ基が置換されるように化学的に改質したものであることが好ましい。加工デンプンとしては、上記デンプンを炭素数2~6のヒドロキシアルキル基を含むように改質したものであるか、または上記デンプンをカルボン酸無水物と反応させることにより改質したものであることが好ましい。加工デンプンが、上記デンプンを炭素数2~6のヒドロキシアルキル基を含むように改質したものである場合、上記加工デンプンの置換基としては、炭素数2~4の官能基を有していることが好ましく、例えば、ヒドロキシエーテル置換基を生成可能なヒドロキシエチル基またはヒドロキシブチル基を有していることが好ましい、また、加工デンプンが上記デンプンをカルボン酸無水物と反応させることにより改質されたものである場合、官能基としては、ブタン酸エステルまたはより低級の同族体が好ましく、酢酸エステルがさらに好ましい。エステル誘導体を製造するために、マレイン酸、フタル酸またはオクテニルコハク酸無水物などのジカルボン酸無水物を使用することもできる。 The modified starch is preferably a starch obtained by chemically modifying the starch so that the hydroxy group is substituted with a functional group which is an ether, an ester or a combination thereof. The modified starch may be one obtained by modifying the starch so as to contain a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or one obtained by reacting the starch with a carboxylic acid anhydride. preferable. When the processed starch is obtained by modifying the above starch so as to contain a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, the processed starch has a functional group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent of the processed starch. It is preferable to have a hydroxyethyl group or a hydroxybutyl group capable of producing a hydroxyether substituent, for example, and the processed starch is modified by reacting the starch with a carboxylic acid anhydride. As the functional group, a butanoic acid ester or a lower homologous group is preferable, and an acetate ester is more preferable. Dicarboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic acid, phthalic acid or octenyl succinic anhydride can also be used to produce ester derivatives.

 加工デンプンとしては、ヒドロキシプロピル基を含むヒドロキシプロピル化アミロースデンプンが好ましく、ヒドロキシプロピル化ハイアミロースデンプンがより好ましい。 As the modified starch, hydroxypropylated amylose starch containing a hydroxypropyl group is preferable, and hydroxypropylated high amylose starch is more preferable.

 加工デンプンの置換度は、無水グルコース単位あたりの置換基の平均数で表され、通常、最大値は3である、上記加工デンプンの置換度としては、0.05以上1.5未満が好ましい。 The degree of substitution of modified starch is represented by the average number of substituents per anhydrous glucose unit, and the maximum value is usually 3, and the degree of substitution of the modified starch is preferably 0.05 or more and less than 1.5.

 加工デンプンは、その他のデンプンを含んでいてもよい。その他のデンプンとしては、例えば、ハイアミロースデンプンとローアミロースデンプンとの混合物が挙げられる。 Modified starch may contain other starches. Other starches include, for example, a mixture of high amylose starch and low amylose starch.

 加工デンプンは水を含有していてもよい。加工デンプンに対し、水は可塑剤として機能し得る。水の含有率は、例えば、20質量%以下、または12質量%以下である。加工デンプンを主成分とする酸素バリア層の水分含有率は、一般に、使用環境下の相対湿度における平衡水分含有率である。 Modified starch may contain water. For modified starch, water can act as a plasticizer. The water content is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less. The water content of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is generally the equilibrium water content at relative humidity under the usage environment.

 加工デンプンは、1または複数の水溶性ポリマーを含んでいてもよい。水溶性ポリマーとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリビニルアルコール、またはこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。特に、ポリビニルアルコールが好ましい。1または複数の水溶性ポリマーの含有率は、例えば、20質量%以下、または12質量%以下である。また、1または複数の水溶性ポリマーの含有率は、例えば、1質量%以上、または4質量%以上である。 Modified starch may contain one or more water-soluble polymers. The water-soluble polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. In particular, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable. The content of one or more water-soluble polymers is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less. The content of the one or more water-soluble polymers is, for example, 1% by mass or more, or 4% by mass or more.

 加工デンプンは、1または複数の可塑剤を含んでいてもよい。可塑剤としては、特に限定されないがポリオールが好ましい、ポリオールの例としては、ソルビトール、グリセロール、マルチトール、およびキシリトール、ならびにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。加工デンプンにおける1または複数の可塑剤の含有率は、例えば、20質量%以下、または12質量%以下である。 Modified starch may contain one or more plasticizers. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but a polyol is preferable. Examples of the polyol include sorbitol, glycerol, maltitol, and xylitol, and combinations thereof. The content of one or more plasticizers in the modified starch is, for example, 20% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less.

 加工デンプンは、潤滑剤を含んでいてもよい。潤滑剤の例としては、炭素数12~22の脂肪酸、および炭素数12~22の脂肪酸塩、ならびにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。加工デンプンにおける潤滑剤の含有量は、例えば5質量%以下である。 Modified starch may contain a lubricant. Examples of lubricants include fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, fatty acid salts having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. The content of the lubricant in the modified starch is, for example, 5% by mass or less.

 加工デンプンを主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みは、例えば、10μm以上、または100μm以上である。加工デンプンを主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みは、例えば、1000μm以下、または800μm以下である。なお、本明細書中に用いられる用語「加工デンプンを主成分として含有する酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚み」とは、多層構造体に含まれる上記加工デンプンを主成分として含有する酸素バリア層全体の厚みの合計を当該酸素バリア層の層数で除した値を指して言う。上記酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みが上記下限よりも小さいと、均一な厚みの層を成形することが困難となり、得られる多層構造体の耐久性を低下させる場合がある。上記酸素バリア層の一層の平均厚みが上記上限を上回ると、得られる多層構造体の柔軟性、延伸性、熱性形成等が低下する場合がある。 The average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is, for example, 10 μm or more, or 100 μm or more. The average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component is, for example, 1000 μm or less, or 800 μm or less. The term "average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer containing modified starch as a main component" as used in the present specification refers to the entire oxygen barrier layer containing the modified starch contained in the multilayer structure as a main component. It refers to the value obtained by dividing the total thickness of the oxygen barrier layer by the number of layers of the oxygen barrier layer. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer is smaller than the above lower limit, it becomes difficult to form a layer having a uniform thickness, and the durability of the obtained multilayer structure may be lowered. If the average thickness of one layer of the oxygen barrier layer exceeds the above upper limit, the flexibility, stretchability, thermal formation, etc. of the obtained multilayer structure may decrease.

(無機層状化合物)
 無機層状化合物を含むバリア層は、例えば熱可塑性樹脂中に無機層状化合物が分散していると無機層状化合物に起因するバリア性を発現する層である。無機層状化合物を含むバリア層に用いられる熱可塑性樹脂は特に限定されず、例えばポリアミド、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体等が挙げられる。
(Inorganic layered compound)
The barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is, for example, a layer that exhibits barrier properties due to the inorganic layered compound when the inorganic layered compound is dispersed in the thermoplastic resin. The thermoplastic resin used for the barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyamides and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers.

 無機層状化合物としては、膨潤性雲母、クレイ、モンモリロナイト、スメクタイト、ハイドロタルサイトなどの無機層状化合物が挙げられる。また、無機層状化合物は有機処理された有機変性無機層状化合物であってもよい。 Examples of the inorganic layered compound include inorganic layered compounds such as swelling mica, clay, montmorillonite, smectite, and hydrotalcite. Further, the inorganic layered compound may be an organically treated organically modified inorganic layered compound.

 無機層状化合物は、例えば板状結晶で構成されており、円形、非円形、楕円形、略長円形、略繭形等の任意の外観を有する。無機層状化合物は、電子顕微鏡により測定可能な板状結晶の長辺の平均長さが所定の範囲を満たすものであることが好ましい。 The inorganic layered compound is composed of, for example, plate-like crystals, and has an arbitrary appearance such as circular, non-circular, elliptical, substantially oval, and substantially cocoon-shaped. The inorganic layered compound preferably has an average length of long sides of plate crystals that can be measured by an electron microscope and satisfies a predetermined range.

 無機層状化合物の長辺の平均長さは70nm以上が好ましく、80nm以上がより好ましく、90nm以上がさらに好ましい。無機層状化合物は延伸時に発生した応力によりフィルム面内に配向するが、無機層状化合物の長辺の平均長さが70nm未満であると、配向の程度が不十分であり、十分な酸素透過性能が得られない場合がある。一方、無機層状化合物の長辺の平均長さは2000nm以下であってもよい。 The average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound is preferably 70 nm or more, more preferably 80 nm or more, and even more preferably 90 nm or more. The inorganic layered compound is oriented in the film surface due to the stress generated during stretching, but if the average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound is less than 70 nm, the degree of orientation is insufficient and sufficient oxygen permeation performance is obtained. It may not be obtained. On the other hand, the average length of the long side of the inorganic layered compound may be 2000 nm or less.

 無機層状化合物はまた、厚みが2μmを超える粗大物を含んでいないことが好ましい。無機層状化合物が2μmを超える粗大物を含む場合、透明性や延伸性が低下する場合がある。 It is also preferable that the inorganic layered compound does not contain a coarse substance having a thickness of more than 2 μm. When the inorganic layered compound contains a coarse substance exceeding 2 μm, the transparency and stretchability may decrease.

 無機層状化合物を含むバリア層における、無機層状化合物の含有量は当該バリア層の質量を基準として0.3~20質量%であることが好ましい。 The content of the inorganic layered compound in the barrier layer containing the inorganic layered compound is preferably 0.3 to 20% by mass based on the mass of the barrier layer.

(無機蒸着層)
 無機蒸着層は、例えば基材上に無機物を蒸着して得られるバリア層である。無機蒸着層を構成し得る基材としては、例えば熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂等の樹脂;布帛、紙類等の繊維集合体;木材;ガラス等が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂および繊維集合体が好ましく、熱可塑性樹脂がより好ましい。基材が上記樹脂で構成される場合、その形態は、フィルムまたはシート等の層状を有していることが好ましい。
(Inorganic vapor deposition layer)
The inorganic vapor deposition layer is, for example, a barrier layer obtained by depositing an inorganic substance on a base material. Examples of the base material that can form the inorganic vapor deposition layer include resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins; fiber aggregates such as fabrics and papers; wood; glass and the like. Thermoplastic resins and fiber aggregates are preferred, with thermoplastic resins being more preferred. When the base material is composed of the above resin, it is preferable that the base material has a layered form such as a film or a sheet.

 基材に用いられる熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えばポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレートまたはこれらの共重合体等のポリエステル系樹脂;ナイロン-6、ナイロン-66、ナイロン-12等のポリアミド系樹脂;ポリビニルアルコール、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体等の水酸基含有ポリマー;ポリスチレン;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリアクリロニトリル;ポリ酢酸ビニル;ポリカーボネート;ポリアリレート;再生セルロース;ポリイミド;ポリエーテルイミド;ポリスルフォン;ポリエーテルスルフォン;ポリエーテルエーテルケトン;アイオノマー樹脂等が挙げられる。ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ナイロン-6、およびナイロン-66からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の熱可塑性樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin used for the base material include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and copolymers thereof; Polyamide-based resins such as nylon-6, nylon-66, and nylon-12; hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers; polystyrene; poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; polyacrylonitrile; polyvinyl acetate; Examples thereof include polycarbonate; polyarylate; regenerated cellulose; polyimide; polyetherimide; polysulfone; polyethersulphon; polyether ether ketone; ionomer resin and the like. At least one thermoplastic resin selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon-6, and nylon-66 is preferred.

 熱可塑性樹脂からなるフィルムを基材として用いる場合、基材は延伸フィルムまたは無延伸フィルムのいずれであってもよい。得られる多層構造体の加工適性(印刷、ラミネート等)が優れることから、延伸フィルムであることが好ましく、二軸延伸フィルムであることがより好ましい。二軸延伸フィルムは、同時二軸延伸法、逐次二軸延伸法、およびチューブラ延伸法のいずれかの方法で製造された二軸延伸フィルムであってもよい。 When a film made of a thermoplastic resin is used as a base material, the base material may be either a stretched film or a non-stretched film. Since the obtained multilayer structure is excellent in processability (printing, laminating, etc.), it is preferably a stretched film, and more preferably a biaxially stretched film. The biaxially stretched film may be a biaxially stretched film produced by any one of a simultaneous biaxial stretching method, a sequential biaxial stretching method, and a tubular stretching method.

 基材に用いられ得る紙類としては、例えばクラフト紙、上質紙、模造紙、グラシン紙、パーチメント紙、合成紙、白板紙、マニラボール、ミルクカートン原紙、カップ原紙、アイボリー紙等が挙げられる。 Examples of papers that can be used as the base material include kraft paper, high-quality paper, imitation paper, glassin paper, parchment paper, synthetic paper, white paperboard, Manila balls, milk carton base paper, cup base paper, and ivory paper.

 基材の形態が層状である場合、その厚さは、得られる多層構造体の機械的強度および加工性が良好になることから、1μm~1,000μmが好ましく、5μm~500μmがより好ましく、9μm~200μmがさらに好ましい。 When the form of the base material is layered, the thickness thereof is preferably 1 μm to 1,000 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 500 μm, and 9 μm, because the mechanical strength and workability of the obtained multilayer structure are improved. It is more preferably about 200 μm.

 無機物としては、例えばアルミニウム、スズ、インジウム、ニッケル、チタン、クロム等の金属;酸化ケイ素、酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物;窒化ケイ素等の金属窒化物;酸窒化ケイ素等の金属窒化酸化物;炭窒化ケイ素等の金属炭化窒化物等が挙げられる。酸素あるいは水蒸気に対するバリア性が優れることから、アルミニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素、酸化マグネシウム、および窒化ケイ素等のいずれか、またはそれらの組み合わせから形成される無機蒸着層であることが好ましい。 Examples of the inorganic substance include metals such as aluminum, tin, indium, nickel, titanium and chromium; metal oxides such as silicon oxide and aluminum oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; metal nitride oxides such as silicon oxynitride; charcoal. Examples thereof include metal nitrides such as silicon nitride. An inorganic vapor-deposited layer formed from any one of aluminum, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, magnesium oxide, silicon nitride, etc., or a combination thereof is preferable because it has an excellent barrier property against oxygen or water vapor.

 無機蒸着層の形成方法は、特に限定されず、例えば真空蒸着法(例えば抵抗加熱蒸着法、電子ビーム蒸着法、分子線エピタキシー法等)、イオンプレーティング法、スパッタリング法(デュアルマグネトロンスパッタリング等)等の物理気相成長法;熱化学気相成長法(例えば、触媒化学気相成長法)、光化学気相成長法、プラズマ化学気相成長法(例えば、容量結合プラズマ法、誘導結合プラズマ法、表面波プラズマ法、電子サイクロトロン共鳴プラズマ法等)、原子層堆積法、有機金属気相成長法等の化学気相成長法が挙げられる。 The method for forming the inorganic vapor deposition layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a vacuum vapor deposition method (for example, resistance heating vapor deposition method, electron beam deposition method, molecular beam epitaxy method, etc.), ion plating method, sputtering method (dual magnetron sputtering, etc.), etc. Physical vapor deposition method; thermochemical vapor deposition method (eg, catalytic chemical vapor deposition method), photochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method (eg, capacitive coupling plasma method, induced coupling plasma method, surface) Chemical vapor deposition methods such as wave plasma method, electron cyclotron resonance plasma method, etc.), atomic layer deposition method, organic metal vapor deposition method, etc. can be mentioned.

 無機蒸着層の厚みは、無機蒸着層を構成する成分の種類によって異なるが、0.002μm~0.5μmが好ましく、0.005μm~0.2μmがより好ましく、0.01μm~0.1μmがさらに好ましい。この範囲で、多層構造体のバリア性および機械的物性が良好になる厚さを選択できる。無機蒸着層の厚さが0.002μm未満であると、酸素および水蒸気に対する無機蒸着層のバリア性発現の再現性が低下する傾向があり、また、無機蒸着層が充分なバリア性を発現しない場合もある。また、無機蒸着層の厚さが0.5μmを超えると、多層構造体を引っ張ったり屈曲させたりした場合に無機蒸着層のバリア性が低下しやすくなる傾向がある。 The thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer varies depending on the type of the components constituting the inorganic thin-film deposition layer, but is preferably 0.002 μm to 0.5 μm, more preferably 0.005 μm to 0.2 μm, and further preferably 0.01 μm to 0.1 μm. preferable. Within this range, it is possible to select a thickness that improves the barrier properties and mechanical properties of the multilayer structure. If the thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer is less than 0.002 μm, the reproducibility of the barrier property development of the inorganic vapor-deposited layer against oxygen and water vapor tends to decrease, and when the inorganic thin-film deposition layer does not exhibit sufficient barrier property. There is also. Further, when the thickness of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer exceeds 0.5 μm, the barrier property of the inorganic thin-film deposition layer tends to be easily lowered when the multilayer structure is pulled or bent.

(金属箔)
 金属箔は、展延性に優れた金属から構成される単層または複層の構造体である。金属箔に含まれる金属としては、例えばアルミニウムが挙げられる。当該金属箔は、例えばアルミ箔またはアルミテープの形態を有する。
(Metal leaf)
The metal foil is a single-layer or multi-layer structure composed of a metal having excellent malleability. Examples of the metal contained in the metal foil include aluminum. The metal foil has, for example, the form of aluminum foil or aluminum tape.

 上記のようなガスバリア層を有する包装容器によれば、酸素の侵入を防止し、収容された殺菌後の内容物の品質をより一層長期に亘って保持することができる。 According to the packaging container having the gas barrier layer as described above, it is possible to prevent the invasion of oxygen and maintain the quality of the contained sterilized contents for a longer period of time.

 なお、本発明の包装容器は、上記実施形態に限定されるものではなく、本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々変更を加え得ることは勿論である。例えば、ある実施形態の構成に他の実施形態の構成を追加することができ、また、ある実施形態の構成の一部を他の実施形態の構成に置き換えることができる。さらに、ある実施形態の構成の一部を削除することができる。 It should be noted that the packaging container of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and it goes without saying that various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. For example, the configuration of one embodiment can be added to the configuration of another embodiment, and a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment. In addition, some of the configurations of certain embodiments can be deleted.

 上記実施形態のフランジ最上部33A、33Bは、いずれも、高さ(上下方向における寸法)が、平面視における外径よりも小さい凸部であったが、これに限らない。図10及び図11に示すように、フランジ部3に、高さと平面視における外径が略等しい第三フランジ最上部33Cが設けられることが考えられる。第三フランジ最上部33Cは、平面視において、円形状である。 The uppermost flange portions 33A and 33B of the above embodiment are both convex portions whose height (dimensions in the vertical direction) is smaller than the outer diameter in a plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, it is conceivable that the flange portion 3 is provided with the third flange uppermost portion 33C having substantially the same height and outer diameter in a plan view. The uppermost portion 33C of the third flange has a circular shape in a plan view.

 上記実施形態の貫通孔38は、フランジ部3の貫通領域36に穿孔針を突き刺すこと(即ち、貫通領域36を破断すること)により形成されたが、これに限らない。例えば、貫通孔38が、フランジ部3の貫通領域36を打ち抜くことにより形成されることが考えられる。 The through hole 38 of the above embodiment is formed by piercing a perforation needle into the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 (that is, breaking the through region 36), but is not limited to this. For example, it is conceivable that the through hole 38 is formed by punching out the through region 36 of the flange portion 3.

 貫通孔形成工程においてフランジ部3の貫通領域36を打ち抜くことにより、貫通孔38が形成されると、図12A及び図12Bに示すように、貫通領域36は、フランジ部3から取り除かれる。この構成では、貫通孔形成工程を行ってから二次シール領域32のシールが行われるまでの間、気体の貫通孔38への流通が貫通領域36により妨げられることが無いため、加熱蒸気Sは貫通孔38をスムーズに流通することができる。 When the through hole 38 is formed by punching the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 in the through hole forming step, the through region 36 is removed from the flange portion 3 as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B. In this configuration, since the flow of gas to the through hole 38 is not obstructed by the through region 36 from the time when the through hole forming step is performed to the time when the secondary seal region 32 is sealed, the heated steam S is not obstructed. The through hole 38 can be smoothly distributed.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、フランジ最上部33が貫通領域36の内側に位置し、一次シール領域31が貫通領域36の外側に位置する、即ち、フランジ最上部33と一次シール領域31とが離間していたが、フランジ最上部33が、一次シール領域31を兼ねてもよい。一次シール領域31は貫通領域36よりも外側に位置する必要があるため、この構成では、複数のフランジ最上部33の少なくとも一つが、貫通領域36の外側に位置することになる。例えば、フランジ最上部33は、貫通領域36の外側に位置し且つ一次シール領域31を兼ねる第四フランジ最上部33Dを有することが考えられる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the flange uppermost portion 33 is located inside the penetration region 36, and the primary seal region 31 is located outside the penetration region 36, that is, the flange uppermost portion 33 and the primary seal region 31 are located. Although separated, the flange uppermost portion 33 may also serve as the primary seal region 31. Since the primary seal region 31 needs to be located outside the penetration region 36, in this configuration at least one of the plurality of flange tops 33 will be located outside the penetration region 36. For example, it is conceivable that the flange uppermost portion 33 has a fourth flange uppermost portion 33D located outside the through region 36 and also serves as the primary seal region 31.

 フランジ最上部33は、凸条の第四フランジ最上部33Dであってもよい。また、フランジ最上部33では、第四フランジ最上部33Dの上面のように、上面(フランジ最上部上面330)が平坦面であってもよい(図12B参照)。フランジ最上部33が凸条である場合、例えば、開口縁21の周方向に連続して設けられてもよい。具体的に、フランジ最上部33は、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続して設けられる凸条であることが考えられる。 The flange top 33 may be the convex fourth flange top 33D. Further, in the flange uppermost portion 33, the upper surface (flange uppermost upper surface 330) may be a flat surface like the upper surface of the fourth flange uppermost portion 33D (see FIG. 12B). When the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a convex strip, for example, it may be provided continuously in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, it is conceivable that the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a ridge that is continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、二次シール領域32がフランジ部3の全域に設けられていたが、フランジ部3の一部に設けられていてもよい。上述したフランジ最上部33が一次シール領域31を兼ねる構成において(図12A及び図12B参照)二次シール工程を行った後の状態を表す図13A及び図13Bに示すように、フランジ下部34のうち一次シール領域31よりも内側に位置する領域が、二次シール領域32を兼ねることが考えられる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the secondary seal region 32 is provided in the entire area of the flange portion 3, but it may be provided in a part of the flange portion 3. Of the flange lower parts 34, as shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B showing the state after the secondary sealing step is performed in the configuration in which the flange uppermost portion 33 also serves as the primary sealing region 31 (see FIGS. 12A and 12B). It is conceivable that the region located inside the primary seal region 31 also serves as the secondary seal region 32.

 さらに、上記実施形態の包装容器1では、二次シール工程において面シールを行っていたが、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続する線シールにより行われてもよい。例えば、図14A及び図14Bに示すように、線シールを行ってもよい。この場合、二次シール領域32は、上方に突出する凸条であることが考えられる。 Further, in the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the surface sealing is performed in the secondary sealing step, but the surface sealing may be performed by a line sealing continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. For example, as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, line sealing may be performed. In this case, the secondary seal region 32 is considered to be a ridge protruding upward.

 また、この場合、二次シール領域32の上面は、フランジ最上部上面330(一次シール領域31を兼ねる第四フランジ最上部33Dの上面)よりも下方に位置する。さらに、フランジ部3は、蓋部材5と一次シール領域31とがシールされた際に、二次シール領域32の上面と蓋部材5の下面との間に隙間Cが形成されるように構成されている。これにより、一次シール工程を行った後であって二次シール工程を行うまでの間、即ち、食品Fを殺菌する際に、フランジ最上部上面330により支持される蓋部材5とフランジ下部上面340との間に隙間Cが生じ、第一フランジ上面230がこの隙間Cを保持して隙間Cが閉塞されない状態を確実に維持することにより、加熱蒸気Sが流通路Rを介して収容部2内に流通する。 Further, in this case, the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 is located below the upper surface 330 of the uppermost flange (the upper surface of the uppermost 33D of the fourth flange that also serves as the primary seal region 31). Further, the flange portion 3 is configured so that when the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 are sealed, a gap C is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 and the lower surface of the lid member 5. ing. Thereby, after the primary sealing step is performed and before the secondary sealing step is performed, that is, when the food F is sterilized, the lid member 5 supported by the flange uppermost upper surface 330 and the flange lower upper surface 340 are supported. A gap C is formed between the two, and the upper surface 230 of the first flange holds the gap C to ensure that the gap C is not closed, so that the heated steam S can flow into the accommodating portion 2 via the flow passage R. It is distributed to.

 上記実施形態では、フランジ部3にフランジ最上部33のような凸部が設けられていたが、下方に凹んだ凹部が設けられていてもよく、図15A及び図15Bに示すように、フランジ部3にフランジ下部34として溝部39が設けられていてもよい。例えば、溝部39は、開口縁21に沿って周方向に連続することが考えられる。具体的に、溝部39は、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続することが考えられる。 In the above embodiment, the flange portion 3 is provided with a convex portion such as the flange uppermost portion 33, but a concave portion recessed downward may be provided, and as shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the flange portion. A groove 39 may be provided in 3 as a flange lower portion 34. For example, it is conceivable that the groove 39 is continuous in the circumferential direction along the opening edge 21. Specifically, it is conceivable that the groove 39 is continuous with the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.

 このようにフランジ部3に凹部が設けられる構成では、この凹部に貫通領域36が設けられてもよい。例えば、フランジ部3の溝部39に貫通領域36が設けられることが考えられる。具体的に、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続した溝部39のうち、収容部2を挟んで対向する一対の辺に、貫通領域36がそれぞれ設けられることが考えられる。この場合、各辺に設けられる貫通領域36は、例えば、収容部2を挟む対向位置に配置される。この構成では、貫通孔形成工程を行うと、フランジ部3の溝部39に貫通孔38が設けられる。 In such a configuration in which the flange portion 3 is provided with a recess, a penetration region 36 may be provided in the recess. For example, it is conceivable that the through region 36 is provided in the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3. Specifically, it is conceivable that the through regions 36 are provided on the pair of sides of the groove 39 that is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 and that face each other across the accommodating portion 2. In this case, the penetration regions 36 provided on each side are arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion 2, for example. In this configuration, when the through hole forming step is performed, the through hole 38 is provided in the groove 39 of the flange portion 3.

 また、この場合、一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の溝部39の外側(フランジ最上部33)に、開口縁21の周方向において連続して設けられることが考えられる。具体的には、一次シール領域31は、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続することが考えられる。 Further, in this case, it is conceivable that the primary seal region 31 is continuously provided on the outside of the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3 (the uppermost portion 33 of the flange) in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. Specifically, it is conceivable that the primary seal region 31 is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21.

 上述したフランジ部3の溝部39に貫通領域36が設けられる構成において(図15A及び図15B参照)、図16A及び図16Bに示すように、二次シール領域32は、フランジ部3の溝部39の内側に、開口縁21に沿って周方向において連続して設けられることが考えられる。具体的には、二次シール領域32は、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続することが考えられる。以上の構成のフランジ部3では、一次シール領域31の内側に貫通領域36が設けられた溝部39が配置され、さらに、溝部39の内側に二次シール領域32が配置される。 In the configuration in which the through region 36 is provided in the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3 described above (see FIGS. 15A and 15B), as shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the secondary seal region 32 is the groove portion 39 of the flange portion 3. It is conceivable that the inside is continuously provided along the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction. Specifically, it is conceivable that the secondary seal region 32 is continuous on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21. In the flange portion 3 having the above configuration, the groove portion 39 provided with the through region 36 is arranged inside the primary seal region 31, and the secondary seal region 32 is further arranged inside the groove portion 39.

 また、貫通領域36は、フランジ部3の複数の角のうち一部の角のみに設けられてもよい。例えば、図17Aに示すように、貫通領域36が、フランジ部3の角のうち収容部2を挟む位置に一対のみ設けられてもよい。この場合、貫通孔38は、図17Bに示すように、フランジ部3の角のうち収容部2を挟む位置の一対の角のみに設けられる。 Further, the penetration region 36 may be provided only at a part of the plurality of corners of the flange portion 3. For example, as shown in FIG. 17A, only a pair of through regions 36 may be provided at positions of the corners of the flange portion 3 that sandwich the accommodating portion 2. In this case, as shown in FIG. 17B, the through holes 38 are provided only at a pair of corners of the flange portion 3 at positions sandwiching the accommodating portion 2.

 さらに、フランジ最上部33は、半球形状のようなマウンド形状の凸部の第五フランジ最上部33Eであってもよい。なお、フランジ最上部33は、円錐状、円錐台状、円柱状、多角柱状、多角錘状等その他の形状であってもよい。 Further, the flange uppermost portion 33 may be the fifth flange uppermost portion 33E of a mound-shaped convex portion such as a hemispherical shape. The uppermost portion 33 of the flange may have other shapes such as a conical shape, a truncated cone shape, a columnar shape, a polygonal columnar shape, and a polygonal pyramid shape.

 上記実施形態の収容部2の底板22は、略矩形板状であったが、略正方形板状であることが考えられる。なお、底板22は、四角形板状以外にも、その他の多角形板状や円板状等であってもよい。 The bottom plate 22 of the accommodating portion 2 of the above embodiment had a substantially rectangular plate shape, but it is conceivable that the bottom plate 22 has a substantially square plate shape. The bottom plate 22 may have a polygonal plate shape, a disk shape, or the like, in addition to the quadrangular plate shape.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、フランジ部3に貫通領域36が設けられ、貫通孔形成工程を行うことでフランジ部3に貫通孔38が設けられていたが、フランジ部3に貫通領域36が設けられなくてもよい。このような構成として、図18~図21の構成等が考えられる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the through region 36 is provided in the flange portion 3, and the through hole 38 is provided in the flange portion 3 by performing the through hole forming step. However, the through region 36 is provided in the flange portion 3. It does not have to be provided. As such a configuration, the configurations of FIGS. 18 to 21 and the like can be considered.

 例えば、図18A及び図18Bに示すように、フランジ部3は、蓋部材5と一次シール工程においてシールされる一次シール領域31を有し、且つ、蓋部材5と一次シール領域31とがシールされた際に、蓋部材5との間に外部と収容部2内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路Rが形成されるように構成されていることが考えられる。この構成では、フランジ最上部33が、フランジ部3の四つの角部に隙間をあけた状態で、開口縁21の周方向に長尺状に延びる凸条である。また、フランジ最上部33が、一次シール領域31を兼ねる。さらに、図19A及び図19Bにも示すように、フランジ下部34のうち開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続して設けられた部位が、二次シール領域32を兼ねる。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B, the flange portion 3 has a primary sealing region 31 that is sealed with the lid member 5 in the primary sealing step, and the lid member 5 and the primary sealing region 31 are sealed. At that time, it is considered that the flow passage R through which the gas can flow is formed between the lid member 5 and the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion 2. In this configuration, the uppermost portion 33 of the flange is a ridge extending in a long shape in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 with gaps at the four corners of the flange portion 3. Further, the uppermost portion 33 of the flange also serves as the primary seal region 31. Further, as shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B, a portion of the lower flange portion 34 that is continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21 also serves as the secondary seal region 32.

 この場合、一次シール領域31の上面(例えば、フランジ最上部上面330)は、フランジ上面30のうち最も上方に位置し、二次シール領域32の上面(例えば、フランジ下部上面340のうち開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続して設けられた部位)は、一次シール領域31の上面(例えば、フランジ最上部上面330)よりも下方に位置する。また、フランジ部3は、蓋部材5と一次シール領域31とがシールされた際に、二次シール領域32の上面(例えば、フランジ下部上面340)と蓋部材5の下面との間に隙間Cが形成されるように構成され、隙間Cが、流通路Rの一部となるように構成されている。 In this case, the upper surface of the primary seal region 31 (for example, the upper surface 330 of the upper end of the flange) is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface 30 of the flange, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 (for example, the opening edge 21 of the upper surface 340 of the lower portion of the flange). A portion continuously provided on the entire circumference in the circumferential direction of the above is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region 31 (for example, the upper surface 330 of the uppermost portion of the flange). Further, when the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 are sealed, the flange portion 3 has a gap C between the upper surface of the secondary seal region 32 (for example, the upper surface of the lower flange portion 340) and the lower surface of the lid member 5. Is formed so that the gap C becomes a part of the flow passage R.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、一次シール工程が線シールにより行われていたが、少なくとも一点をシールするスポットシールにより行われてもよい。例えば、図20A及び図20Bに示すように、フランジ部3には、第六フランジ最上部33Fとして凸部が複数設けられ、第六フランジ最上部33Fが一次シール領域31を兼ねることが考えられる。フランジ最上部33Fの形状は、例えば、円錐台状である。また、フランジ最上部33Fは、フランジ部3の四つの角部と、フランジ部3の各辺の中央とに設けられることが考えられる。このように、複数の一次シール領域31が開口縁21の周方向において隙間を空けて設けられる場合、一次シール工程を行った後に加熱蒸気Sがこの周方向における一次シール領域31同士の隙間を介して、収容部2内に流通するため、十分な量の加熱蒸気Sを収容部2内に流通させることができる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the primary sealing step is performed by line sealing, but it may be performed by spot sealing that seals at least one point. For example, as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B, it is conceivable that the flange portion 3 is provided with a plurality of convex portions as the sixth flange uppermost portion 33F, and the sixth flange uppermost portion 33F also serves as the primary seal region 31. The shape of the uppermost flange 33F is, for example, a truncated cone shape. Further, it is conceivable that the flange uppermost portion 33F is provided at the four corner portions of the flange portion 3 and at the center of each side of the flange portion 3. In this way, when a plurality of primary seal regions 31 are provided with a gap in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21, the heated steam S passes through the gap between the primary seal regions 31 in the circumferential direction after the primary seal step is performed. Therefore, since it is circulated in the accommodating portion 2, a sufficient amount of the heated steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2.

 例えば、図21A及び図21Bに示すように、フランジ部3にフランジ下部34として凹部が複数設けられてもよい。フランジ下部34は、開口縁21の周方向において隙間をあけて配置され、例えば、フランジ部3の四つの角部に位置することが考えられる。この場合、フランジ最上部33は、フランジ部3の各辺に位置する。この構成において、フランジ最上部33は、一次シール領域31を兼ねている。また、この構成では、一次シール工程を行った後、蓋部材5の下面とフランジ下部上面340の間に隙間Cが生じ、この隙間Cがフランジ部3の四つの角部に位置しているため、加熱蒸気Sがフランジ部3の四つの角部から収容部2内に流通する。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B, a plurality of recesses may be provided in the flange portion 3 as the flange lower portion 34. It is conceivable that the flange lower portion 34 is arranged with a gap in the circumferential direction of the opening edge 21, and is located at, for example, the four corners of the flange portion 3. In this case, the flange uppermost portion 33 is located on each side of the flange portion 3. In this configuration, the flange uppermost portion 33 also serves as the primary seal region 31. Further, in this configuration, after the primary sealing step is performed, a gap C is generated between the lower surface of the lid member 5 and the upper surface 340 of the lower flange portion, and the gap C is located at the four corners of the flange portion 3. , The heated steam S flows from the four corners of the flange portion 3 into the accommodating portion 2.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、フランジ部3に形成される各貫通孔38の形状や大きさは同じであったが、異なっていてもよい。例えば、図22A及び図22Bに示すように、フランジ部3の四つの角部のうち隣り合う一対の角部に貫通孔38Aが設けられ、フランジ部3の四つの角部のうち前記隣り合う一対の角部以外の一対の角部に貫通孔38Aと異なる大きさの貫通孔38Bが設けられることが考えられる。貫通孔38Aの直径は、貫通孔38Bの直径よりも大きい。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the shape and size of the through holes 38 formed in the flange portion 3 are the same, but may be different. For example, as shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B, through holes 38A are provided in a pair of adjacent corners of the four corners of the flange portion 3, and the adjacent pair of the four corners of the flange portion 3 is provided. It is conceivable that a through hole 38B having a size different from that of the through hole 38A is provided in a pair of corner portions other than the corner portion of the above. The diameter of the through hole 38A is larger than the diameter of the through hole 38B.

 また、フランジ最上部33は、平面視においてU字状や円弧状の凸条であってもよい。例えば、貫通孔38Aの外側に位置する第七フランジ最上部33Gは、平面視においてU字状の凸条であることが考えられる。第七フランジ最上部33Gは、貫通孔38Aの外周のうち外側に位置する部位に沿って設けられている。なお、貫通孔38Aの内側には、複数(例えば、三つ)の第五フランジ最上部33Eが、開口縁21に沿って設けられている。なお、この包装容器1では、一次シール領域31は、フランジ部3の外周縁である。 Further, the flange uppermost portion 33 may be a U-shaped or arc-shaped convex line in a plan view. For example, the uppermost portion 33G of the seventh flange located outside the through hole 38A is considered to be a U-shaped convex line in a plan view. The uppermost portion 33G of the seventh flange is provided along a portion located on the outer side of the outer circumference of the through hole 38A. Inside the through hole 38A, a plurality of (for example, three) fifth flange uppermost portions 33E are provided along the opening edge 21. In this packaging container 1, the primary seal region 31 is the outer peripheral edge of the flange portion 3.

 このように、一次シール領域31の内側において、貫通孔38Aの外側及び内側の両方の位置に、フランジ最上部33が設けられているため、貫通孔38Aの外側及び内側において、フランジ最上部上面330が蓋部材5を支持するため、貫通孔38Aと蓋部材5との間に隙間Cが生じたまま保持され、よって、貫通孔38Aが閉塞されることを防ぐことができる。 As described above, since the flange uppermost portion 33 is provided at both the outer and inner positions of the through hole 38A inside the primary seal region 31, the upper surface 330 of the flange uppermost portion is provided on the outer side and the inner side of the through hole 38A. Supports the lid member 5, so that a gap C is held between the through hole 38A and the lid member 5, and thus the through hole 38A can be prevented from being blocked.

 上記実施形態では、フランジ部3に凹部として溝部39が設けられていたが、スポット状の凹部39が設けられてもよい。例えば、凹部39は、フランジ部3の四つの角部に設けられることが考えられる。また、凹部39の底に貫通孔38Bが設けられてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the flange portion 3 is provided with a groove 39 as a recess, but a spot-shaped recess 39 may be provided. For example, it is conceivable that the recesses 39 are provided at the four corners of the flange portion 3. Further, a through hole 38B may be provided at the bottom of the recess 39.

 さらに、二次シール工程を行った後に、フランジ部3のうち貫通孔38を含む一部を取り除いてもよい。例えば、上述したフランジ部3の四つの角部に貫通孔38が設けられる構成において(図22A及び図22B参照)、図23A及び図23Bに示すように、フランジ最上部33Eと貫通孔38との間に二次シール領域32を設けて、二次シール工程を行った後に、貫通孔38と二次シール領域32との間の切断線Lで、フランジ部3を切断することが考えられる。一次シール領域31と二次シール領域32との間に、貫通孔38が位置する構成では、フランジ部3のうち貫通孔38の周囲に水滴が溜まりやすいが、フランジ部3のうち貫通孔38を含む一部を取り除くことで、このような水滴が包装容器1に影響することを防ぐことができる。 Further, after performing the secondary sealing step, a part of the flange portion 3 including the through hole 38 may be removed. For example, in a configuration in which through holes 38 are provided at the four corners of the flange portion 3 described above (see FIGS. 22A and 22B), as shown in FIGS. 23A and 23B, the flange top portion 33E and the through holes 38 It is conceivable that the flange portion 3 is cut at the cutting line L between the through hole 38 and the secondary sealing region 32 after the secondary sealing region 32 is provided between them and the secondary sealing step is performed. In the configuration in which the through hole 38 is located between the primary seal region 31 and the secondary seal region 32, water droplets tend to collect around the through hole 38 in the flange portion 3, but the through hole 38 in the flange portion 3 is formed. By removing a part of the mixture, it is possible to prevent such water droplets from affecting the packaging container 1.

 なお、図23では、切断線Lがフランジ部3の四つの角部を切り取るように設けられていたが、貫通孔38と二次シール領域32との間において延び、且つ、開口縁21の周方向において全周に連続して切り取るように設けられてもよい。即ち、切断線Lが、フランジ部3の貫通孔38を含む外周部を切り取るように設けられてもよい。 In FIG. 23, the cutting line L is provided so as to cut off the four corners of the flange portion 3, but extends between the through hole 38 and the secondary seal region 32 and is the circumference of the opening edge 21. It may be provided so as to continuously cut off the entire circumference in the direction. That is, the cutting line L may be provided so as to cut off the outer peripheral portion including the through hole 38 of the flange portion 3.

 上記実施形態の貫通領域36は、平面視において円形状であったが、楕円形状等の長尺状等であってもよく、この場合、貫通孔38はスリット状等であることが考えられる。また、上記実施形態の貫通孔38は、十字状の溝部360を設けた貫通領域36に裂け目380を形成したり、貫通領域を打ち抜いたりすることにより形成されていたが、他の方法により形成されてもよい。 The through region 36 of the above embodiment has a circular shape in a plan view, but may have an elliptical shape or the like, and in this case, the through hole 38 may have a slit shape or the like. Further, the through hole 38 of the above embodiment was formed by forming a crevice 380 or punching the through region in the through region 36 provided with the cross-shaped groove portion 360, but it is formed by another method. You may.

 また、図24A及び図24Bに示すように、フランジ部3に、平面視においてU字状の裂け目380を形成することで、各貫通孔38が形成されることが考えられる。この構成では、フランジ部3は、裂け目380を境界としてフランジ部3の一部(例えば、貫通領域36)が上方に向けて変形されることによって形成される第八フランジ最上部33Hであって、上面が該フランジ部3の上面30のうち最も上方に位置する第八フランジ最上部33Hを有する。また、第八フランジ最上部33Hにより蓋部材5とフランジ部3との間に流通路Rが形成される、具体的には、貫通領域36に、U字状の裂け目380を形成し、裂け目380の基端部同士を結ぶ直線381を境界にして、U字状の裂け目380の内側部分がフランジ部3の他の領域よりも上方に折り曲げられることで、貫通孔38が形成されるとともに、第八フランジ最上部33Hが形成される。また、貫通孔38の近傍に、第二フランジ最上部33Bが設けられてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 24A and 24B, it is conceivable that each through hole 38 is formed by forming a U-shaped crevice 380 in the flange portion 3 in a plan view. In this configuration, the flange portion 3 is the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H formed by deforming a part of the flange portion 3 (for example, the penetration region 36) upward with the crevice 380 as a boundary. The upper surface has an eighth flange uppermost portion 33H located at the uppermost position of the upper surface 30 of the flange portion 3. Further, a flow passage R is formed between the lid member 5 and the flange portion 3 by the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. Specifically, a U-shaped crevice 380 is formed in the penetration region 36, and the crevice 380 is formed. The inner portion of the U-shaped crevice 380 is bent upward from the other region of the flange portion 3 with the straight line 381 connecting the base end portions of the flange portion 3 as a boundary, whereby the through hole 38 is formed and the first portion is formed. The uppermost portion 33H of the eight flanges is formed. Further, the uppermost portion 33B of the second flange may be provided in the vicinity of the through hole 38.

 また、図25A及び図25Bに示すように、フランジ部3に、一本の線状の裂け目380を形成することで、各貫通孔38が形成されることが考えられる。この構成では、貫通領域36が、裂け目380の両端から延びる一対の直線381を境界にして、フランジ部3の貫通領域36以外の領域よりも上方に持ち上げられることで、貫通孔38が形成されるとともに、第八フランジ最上部33Hが形成される。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 25A and 25B, it is conceivable that each through hole 38 is formed by forming one linear crevice 380 in the flange portion 3. In this configuration, the through hole 38 is formed by the through region 36 being lifted above the region other than the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 with a pair of straight lines 381 extending from both ends of the crevice 380 as a boundary. At the same time, the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange is formed.

 このように、貫通領域36が、フランジ部3の貫通領域36以外の領域よりも上方に変形されることで、貫通孔38が形成される構成では、フランジ部3の下方から加熱蒸気Sが収容部2に流通する際に、加熱蒸気Sにより貫通領域36が持ち上がったままで保持されやすいため、貫通孔38を開放した状態で維持しやすい。 In this way, in the configuration in which the through hole 38 is formed by deforming the through region 36 above the region other than the through region 36 of the flange portion 3, the heated steam S is accommodated from below the flange portion 3. When the through region 36 is distributed to the portion 2, the through region 36 is easily held in a raised state by the heated steam S, so that the through hole 38 can be easily maintained in an open state.

 また、図26A及び図26Bに示すように、貫通領域36が、フランジ部3の貫通領域36以外の領域よりも上方に位置することで、貫通孔38が形成されるとともに、第八フランジ最上部33Hが形成される構成において、貫通孔38の近傍に第三フランジ最上部33Cが設けられてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 26A and 26B, the through region 36 is located above the region other than the through region 36 of the flange portion 3, so that the through hole 38 is formed and the uppermost portion of the eighth flange is formed. In the configuration in which 33H is formed, the uppermost portion 33C of the third flange may be provided in the vicinity of the through hole 38.

 さらに、図27A及び図27Bに示すように、貫通領域36を上方へ変形させる際には、フランジ部3と貫通領域36との境界382に上部から治具を用いて窪みを形成し、該窪みを起点として貫通領域36を上方へと変形させることが好ましい。この場合、フランジ部3の境界382が折れ曲がりやすくなり、貫通領域36が持ち上がった状態で保持されやすい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B, when the penetrating region 36 is deformed upward, a recess is formed at the boundary 382 between the flange portion 3 and the penetrating region 36 by using a jig from above, and the recess is formed. It is preferable to deform the penetrating region 36 upward from the starting point. In this case, the boundary 382 of the flange portion 3 is easily bent, and the penetration region 36 is easily held in a raised state.

 かかる構成によれば、フランジ部3の一部が裂け目380を境界として変形されることによって第八フランジ最上部33Hが形成され、第八フランジ最上部33Hにより流通路Rが形成されるため、加熱蒸気Sがこの流通路Rを介して収容部2内に流通可能である。 According to this configuration, a part of the flange portion 3 is deformed with the crevice 380 as a boundary to form the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H, and the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H forms the flow passage R, so that heating is performed. The steam S can be circulated in the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R.

 さらに、図28A及び図28Bに示すように、貫通孔38が形成された際に第八フランジ最上部33Hとなるように構成されている場合には、フランジ部3にフランジ最上部33として第八フランジ最上部33Hのみが設けられていてもよい。かかる構成によれば、フランジ部3に第八フランジ最上部33Hの他に、別途フランジ最上部33が形成されていなくても、フランジ部3に裂け目380を形成して貫通孔38を形成するだけで、加熱蒸気Sが流通する流通路Rを形成することができる。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 28A and 28B, when the through hole 38 is formed so as to be the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H, the flange portion 3 is designated as the eighth flange uppermost portion 33. Only the top 33H of the flange may be provided. According to such a configuration, in addition to the eighth flange uppermost portion 33H, even if the flange uppermost portion 33 is not separately formed in the flange portion 3, a crevice 380 is formed in the flange portion 3 to form a through hole 38. Therefore, the flow passage R through which the heated steam S flows can be formed.

 なお、貫通孔38が形成された際に貫通領域36が第八フランジ最上部33Hとなる構成では、例えば、以下のような工程により貫通孔38を形成すればよい。まず、図29Aに示すように、フランジ部3に裂け目380を形成するための位置決めを行い、図29Bに示すように、剪断用の治具により裂け目380を形成する。さらに、図29Cに示すように、貫通領域36の境界382に窪みを形成する治具を打ち込み、その衝撃で図29Dに示すように貫通領域36を上方へ変形させて貫通孔38を形成することができる。 In the configuration in which the through region 36 becomes the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange when the through hole 38 is formed, for example, the through hole 38 may be formed by the following process. First, as shown in FIG. 29A, positioning is performed to form a crevice 380 in the flange portion 3, and as shown in FIG. 29B, the crevice 380 is formed by a shearing jig. Further, as shown in FIG. 29C, a jig for forming a depression is driven into the boundary 382 of the through region 36, and the impact thereof deforms the through region 36 upward to form the through hole 38. Can be done.

 図30A及び図30Bに示すように、貫通領域36は、上方に向けて突出する凸部であり、凸部の上端が、第八フランジ最上部33Hを構成してもよい。また、貫通領域36は、例えば、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有することが考えられる。この貫通領域36では、湾曲面の上端が第八フランジ最上部33Hを構成している。本実施形態の貫通領域36は、椀状である。この貫通領域36の上面の全域は、湾曲面である。また、貫通領域36の外周縁は、円弧状の部位と、直線状の部位と、を有する。本実施形態の貫通領域36の外周縁では、円弧状の部位は、直線状の部位よりも内側に配置されている。また、この構成では貫通領域36の外周縁の一部(例えば、円弧状の部位)に裂け目380を形成して、貫通領域36を上方に向けて変形することで、図30Cに示すように、貫通領域36が上方に向けて凸状の湾曲面となる。 As shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B, the penetration region 36 is a convex portion that projects upward, and the upper end of the convex portion may form the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. Further, it is conceivable that the penetrating region 36 has, for example, a curved surface that bulges upward. In the penetration region 36, the upper end of the curved surface constitutes the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. The penetration region 36 of this embodiment is bowl-shaped. The entire upper surface of the penetration region 36 is a curved surface. Further, the outer peripheral edge of the penetrating region 36 has an arc-shaped portion and a linear portion. On the outer peripheral edge of the penetration region 36 of the present embodiment, the arcuate portion is arranged inside the linear portion. Further, in this configuration, a crevice 380 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral edge of the penetrating region 36 (for example, an arc-shaped portion), and the penetrating region 36 is deformed upward, as shown in FIG. 30C. The penetrating region 36 becomes a curved surface that is convex upward.

 なお、貫通領域36が上方に突出する凸部である場合、凸部の上面の全域が湾曲していない傾斜面であってもよく、凸部の上面の一部のみが湾曲面であってもよい。例えば、図31A及び図31Bに示すように、貫通領域36は、上面の上部が上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面である凸部であり、湾曲面の上端が、第八フランジ最上部33Hを構成してもよい。なお、貫通領域36の上面の下部は傾斜面である。貫通領域36の外周縁は、角が丸まった矩形状である。また、この構成では貫通領域36の外周縁の一部(例えば、外周縁のうち外側に位置する一辺を除く部位、即ち、矩形状の外周縁のうち三辺及び一対の角部)に裂け目380を形成して、貫通領域36を上方に向けて変形することで、図31Cに示すように、貫通領域36が上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面となる。 When the penetrating region 36 is a convex portion protruding upward, the entire upper surface of the convex portion may be an inclined surface that is not curved, or only a part of the upper surface of the convex portion may be a curved surface. Good. For example, as shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B, the penetration region 36 is a convex portion in which the upper portion of the upper surface is a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface is the uppermost portion 33H of the eighth flange. It may be configured. The lower part of the upper surface of the penetration region 36 is an inclined surface. The outer peripheral edge of the penetration region 36 has a rectangular shape with rounded corners. Further, in this configuration, a crevice 380 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral edge of the penetration region 36 (for example, a portion of the outer peripheral edge excluding one side located on the outer side, that is, three sides and a pair of corners of the rectangular outer peripheral edge). By forming the penetrating region 36 and deforming the penetrating region 36 upward, as shown in FIG. 31C, the penetrating region 36 becomes a curved surface that bulges upward.

 このように、上方に向けて変形されるフランジ部3の一部(例えば、貫通領域36)が、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面である構成では、一次シール領域31と蓋部材5とがシールされると、フランジ部3に裂け目380を形成することで上方に向けて折り曲げられた凸状の湾曲面が蓋部材5を損傷することなく安定的に支持可能である。 In the configuration in which a part of the flange portion 3 (for example, the penetrating region 36) that is deformed upward is a curved surface that bulges upward in this way, the primary seal region 31 and the lid member 5 are formed. When sealed, the convex curved surface bent upward by forming a crevice 380 in the flange portion 3 can stably support the lid member 5 without damaging it.

 上記実施形態では、図24~図31の包装容器1において、貫通領域36は裂け目380を境界にしてフランジ部3の他の領域よりも上方に位置していたが、下方に位置することで貫通孔38が形成されてもよい。この場合、フランジ部3のうち貫通領域36以外の部位は、フランジ最上部33を構成してもよい。 In the above embodiment, in the packaging container 1 of FIGS. 24 to 31, the penetration region 36 is located above the other region of the flange portion 3 with the crevice 380 as a boundary, but penetrates by being located below. Holes 38 may be formed. In this case, a portion of the flange portion 3 other than the penetration region 36 may form the flange uppermost portion 33.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、フランジ部3の角部に貫通孔38が配置されていたが、図32Aに示すように、フランジ部3の角部以外の領域に貫通孔38が配置されていてもよい。また、上記実施形態の包装容器1は、一つの収容部2を備えていたが、図32B~図32Cに示すように、複数の収容部2を備えていてもよい。この場合、貫通孔38は、隣り合う収容部2の間(収容部2に挟まれる領域)に配置されることが考えられる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the through hole 38 is arranged at the corner of the flange portion 3, but as shown in FIG. 32A, the through hole 38 is arranged in a region other than the corner of the flange portion 3. You may. Further, although the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment includes one accommodating portion 2, as shown in FIGS. 32B to 32C, a plurality of accommodating portions 2 may be provided. In this case, it is conceivable that the through hole 38 is arranged between the adjacent accommodating portions 2 (the region sandwiched between the accommodating portions 2).

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、フランジ部3に貫通領域36が設けられていたが、貫通領域36の代わりに、フランジ部3に予め貫通孔38が設けられていてもよい。この場合、包装食品6の製造方法は、貫通孔形成工程を含まず、食品収容工程、一次シール工程、殺菌工程、及び、二次シール工程を含むことになる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the flange portion 3 is provided with the through region 36, but instead of the through region 36, the flange portion 3 may be provided with a through hole 38 in advance. In this case, the method for producing the packaged food 6 does not include the through-hole forming step, but includes the food storage step, the primary sealing step, the sterilization step, and the secondary sealing step.

 上記実施形態の包装食品の製造方法では、食品収容工程、貫通孔形成工程、一次シール工程、殺菌工程、及び、二次シール工程が順に行われていたが、貫通孔形成工程を行った後に食品収容工程を行ってもよい。また、包装容器1は、フランジ部3の貫通領域36に貫通孔38を設けて収容部2に食品Fを収容した後に、蓋部材5とフランジ部3の一次シール領域31とをシールし、さらに、収容部2内に流通路Rを介して加熱蒸気Sを流通させて食品Fを殺菌した後、蓋部材5とフランジ部3の二次シール領域32とをシールするような包装食品6の包装容器1としても好適に使用できるものである。 In the method for producing packaged foods of the above-described embodiment, the food storage step, the through-hole forming step, the primary sealing step, the sterilizing step, and the secondary sealing step are performed in order. A containment step may be performed. Further, the packaging container 1 is provided with a through hole 38 in the through region 36 of the flange portion 3 to accommodate the food F in the accommodating portion 2, and then seals the lid member 5 and the primary seal region 31 of the flange portion 3, and further. , Packaging of packaged food 6 such that the lid member 5 and the secondary sealing region 32 of the flange portion 3 are sealed after the heated steam S is circulated in the accommodating portion 2 through the flow passage R to sterilize the food F. It can also be suitably used as a container 1.

 上記実施形態のフランジ部3は、開口縁21の周方向の全周に設けられていたが、この周方向において途切れた状態で(間隔をあけて)設けられてもよい。 The flange portion 3 of the above embodiment is provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge 21 in the circumferential direction, but may be provided in a discontinuous state (at intervals) in this circumferential direction.

 上記実施形態の包装容器1では、収容部2とフランジ部3とは一部材で構成されていたが別部材で構成されてもよい。例えば、容器本体4は、別部材として収容部2及びフランジ部3を形成し、収容部2やフランジ部3を接着剤で接着することにより、収容部2とフランジ部3とが接続されて構成されることが考えられる。 In the packaging container 1 of the above embodiment, the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 are composed of one member, but may be composed of different members. For example, the container body 4 is configured by forming an accommodating portion 2 and a flange portion 3 as separate members, and adhering the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3 with an adhesive to connect the accommodating portion 2 and the flange portion 3. It is possible that it will be done.

 また、本発明においては、殺菌対象物として種々の内容物を収容することができる。内容物は、例えば、保存または輸送にあたり、細菌、塵埃等の汚染物や酸素との接触を所望しない物品であり、食品、化粧品、医薬品、医薬部外品、医療用機器、衛生用品、理化学用品、バイオ関連用品などが包含される。中でも、食品が好ましく、特に高温高圧下での蒸気殺菌において外観および品質を保持し得る食品(例えば、収容の際に固形である食品)が好ましい。 Further, in the present invention, various contents can be contained as sterilization objects. The contents are, for example, articles that do not want to come into contact with contaminants such as bacteria and dust and oxygen during storage or transportation, and are foods, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, quasi-drugs, medical equipment, hygiene products, physics and chemistry products. , Bio-related products, etc. are included. Among them, foods are preferable, and foods that can maintain appearance and quality in steam sterilization under high temperature and high pressure (for example, foods that are solid during storage) are preferable.

 また、本発明において使用する殺菌用ガスとして、上記実施形態では加熱蒸気を用いたが、内容物に応じてオゾンガス、酸化エチレン、ホルムアルデヒド、酢酸、酸化エチレン、二酸化塩素等の他の殺菌作用のあるガスを使用してもよい。 Further, as the sterilizing gas used in the present invention, heated steam was used in the above embodiment, but there are other bactericidal actions such as ozone gas, ethylene oxide, formaldehyde, acetic acid, ethylene oxide, chlorine dioxide, etc. depending on the contents. Gas may be used.

 以上より、本発明によれば、内容物を殺菌処理する際に好適に使用でき、殺菌された内容物を長期にわたって品質保持可能な包装容器を提供することができる。 From the above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing the contents and can maintain the quality of the sterilized contents for a long period of time.

 本発明に係る包装容器は、内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための殺菌処理用の包装容器であって、上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、前記フランジ部は、前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、前記蓋部材と一次シールの後の二次シール工程において二次シールされる二次シール領域と、上面において該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部と、上面において該フランジ最上部の上面よりも下方に位置するフランジ下部と、前記一次シール領域よりも内側に位置し前記フランジ部を貫通する貫通孔が設けられる少なくとも1つの貫通領域と、を有し、且つ、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記フランジ最上部によって支持された前記蓋部材と前記フランジ下部との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする。 The packaging container according to the present invention is a packaging container for sterilization treatment for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents. A container body including an accommodating portion having an opening and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion is primary with a lid member covering the opening. The primary sealing area that is primarily sealed in the sealing process, the secondary sealing area that is secondarily sealed in the secondary sealing process after the lid member and the primary sealing, and the uppermost position on the upper surface of the flange portion. The uppermost portion of the lid to be formed, the lower portion of the flange located below the upper surface of the uppermost portion of the flange on the upper surface, and at least one through region having a through hole located inside the primary seal region and penetrating the flange portion. And, when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion are between the lid member supported by the uppermost portion of the flange and the lower portion of the flange. A flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the two, and the flow passage is closed when the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed.

 かかる構成の包装容器は、例えば、収容部に内容物を収容しフランジ部の貫通領域に貫通孔を設けた後、或いは、フランジ部の貫通領域に貫通孔を設けて収容部に食品を収容した後に、蓋部材とフランジ部の一次シール領域とをシールし、さらに、収容部内に流通路を介して殺菌用ガスを流通させて内容物を殺菌した後、蓋部材とフランジ部の二次シール領域とをシールする際に用いる容器として好適である。 In the packaging container having such a configuration, for example, the contents are stored in the storage portion and a through hole is provided in the through region of the flange portion, or a through hole is provided in the through region of the flange portion to store food in the storage portion. Later, the lid member and the primary seal area of the flange portion are sealed, and further, the sterilizing gas is circulated in the accommodating portion through the flow passage to sterilize the contents, and then the secondary seal region of the lid member and the flange portion It is suitable as a container used for sealing.

 この包装容器では、フランジ部の一次シール領域よりも内側に貫通孔が設けられると、この貫通孔が流通路の一部を構成する。また、一次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされると、フランジ部のフランジ下部と蓋部材との間に隙間が生じて、この隙間が流通路の一部を構成する。よって、内容物を殺菌する際に、殺菌用ガスがフランジ部の下方から貫通孔及び隙間により構成される流通路を介して収容部内に流通することで、収容部内の内容物の殺菌が可能となる。 In this packaging container, when a through hole is provided inside the primary sealing area of the flange portion, this through hole constitutes a part of the flow passage. Further, when the primary seal region and the lid member are sealed, a gap is generated between the lower portion of the flange of the flange portion and the lid member, and this gap forms a part of the flow passage. Therefore, when sterilizing the contents, the sterilizing gas flows from below the flange portion into the accommodating portion through a flow passage formed by through holes and gaps, so that the contents in the accommodating portion can be sterilized. Become.

 特に、この包装容器では、フランジ下部の上面よりもフランジ最上部の上面が上方に位置することから、内容物を殺菌する際に、フランジ最上部が蓋部材を支持するため、フランジ最上部によって流通路を構成する隙間が閉塞されない状態を確実に維持した状態で、殺菌用ガスを収容部内に流通させることができる。 In particular, in this packaging container, since the upper surface of the uppermost portion of the flange is located above the upper surface of the lower portion of the flange, the uppermost portion of the flange supports the lid member when sterilizing the contents, so that the uppermost portion of the flange distributes the container. The sterilizing gas can be circulated in the accommodating portion while the state in which the gap constituting the road is not closed is surely maintained.

 さらに、この包装容器では、流通路の上に蓋部材が位置する、即ち、流通路が蓋部材上に露出しないため、殺菌用ガスによる殺菌後においても落下菌が流通路を介して容器内に混入しにくい。また、二次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされることで流通路が閉塞されるように構成されているので、蓋部材とのシールにより、該包装容器が内容物を完全に封止できる。 Further, in this packaging container, the lid member is located above the flow path, that is, the flow path is not exposed on the lid member, so that the falling bacteria enter the container through the flow path even after sterilization with the sterilizing gas. Hard to mix. Further, since the flow passage is closed by sealing the secondary seal region and the lid member, the packaging container can completely seal the contents by sealing with the lid member.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記貫通孔は、前記貫通領域の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the through region.

 かかる構成によれば、貫通領域に貫通孔を形成した際にフランジ部の一部が破断してフランジ部の破片が生じることがない。よって、収容部内にフランジ部の破片が混入することを防止できる。 According to this configuration, when a through hole is formed in the through region, a part of the flange portion is not broken and fragments of the flange portion are not generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent debris from the flange portion from being mixed into the accommodating portion.

 前記貫通領域は、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有しており、前記湾曲面の上端が、前記フランジ最上部を構成してもよい。 The penetrating region has a curved surface that bulges upward, and the upper end of the curved surface may form the uppermost portion of the flange.

 かかる構成によれば、一次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされると、前記湾曲面が蓋部材を傷つけることなく支持可能である。 According to such a configuration, when the primary seal region and the lid member are sealed, the curved surface can support the lid member without damaging it.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記貫通領域は、下方に凹んだ凹部であり、前記裂け目が該凹部内に形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the penetrating region is a recess that is recessed downward, and the rift may be formed in the recess.

 かかる構成によれば、貫通孔を形成する際に、下方に凹んだ貫通領域を上方から穿孔することで、貫通領域の穿孔された部位が、フランジ部の他の領域よりも下方に向いたまま保持されやすく、よって、この部位により貫通孔が閉塞されることを防ぐことができる。 According to such a configuration, when the through hole is formed, the penetrating region recessed downward is perforated from above, so that the perforated portion of the penetrating region remains facing downward from the other regions of the flange portion. It is easy to hold, and thus it is possible to prevent the through hole from being blocked by this site.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、前記貫通領域は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the penetrating regions may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.

 かかる構成によれば、収容部を挟む対向位置に貫通領域が配置されているため、この位置に貫通孔を設けると、貫通孔を介して収容部の両側から気体を流通させることにより、食品の加熱むらを抑制できる。 According to such a configuration, since the penetrating region is arranged at the opposite position sandwiching the accommodating portion, if the penetrating hole is provided at this position, gas is circulated from both sides of the accommodating portion through the through hole, so that the food can be prepared. It is possible to suppress uneven heating.

 本発明の別の包装容器は、内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための包装容器であって、上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、前記フランジ部は、前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、前記蓋部材と一次シールの後の二次シール工程においてシールされる二次シール領域とを有し、且つ、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記蓋部材との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする。 Another packaging container of the present invention is a packaging container for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents, and has an opening at the top. A container body including an accommodating portion having and accommodating the contents and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion is provided, and the flange portion includes a lid member covering the opening and a primary sealing step. It has a primary seal region to be primary sealed, a lid member and a secondary seal region to be sealed in a secondary seal step after the primary seal, and the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed. At that time, when a flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the lid member and the outside and the inside of the storage portion, and the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed, the flow passage is formed. Is configured to be closed.

 かかる構成の包装容器は、収容部に内容物を収容し、蓋部材とフランジ部の一次シール領域とをシールし、さらに、収容部内に流通路を介して殺菌用ガスを流通させて内容物を殺菌した後、蓋部材とフランジ部の二次シール領域とをシールするような容器として好適に使用できる。 In the packaging container having such a configuration, the contents are stored in the storage portion, the lid member and the primary sealing area of the flange portion are sealed, and the sterilizing gas is circulated in the storage portion through the flow passage to store the contents. After sterilization, it can be suitably used as a container for sealing the lid member and the secondary sealing area of the flange portion.

 この包装容器では、一次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされると、内容物を殺菌する際に、殺菌用ガスがフランジ部の下方から流通路を介して収容部内に流通することで、収容部内の内容物の殺菌が可能である。 In this packaging container, when the primary seal area and the lid member are sealed, when the contents are sterilized, the sterilizing gas flows from below the flange portion into the accommodating portion through the flow passage, thereby causing the inside of the accommodating portion. It is possible to sterilize the contents of.

 さらに、この包装容器では、流通路の上に蓋部材が位置する、即ち、流通路が蓋部材上に露出しないため、殺菌用ガスによる殺菌後においても落下菌が流通路を介して容器内に混入しにくい。また、二次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされることで流通路が閉塞されるように構成されているので、蓋部材とのシールにより、該包装容器が内容物を完全に封止できる。 Further, in this packaging container, the lid member is located above the flow path, that is, the flow path is not exposed on the lid member, so that the falling bacteria enter the container through the flow path even after sterilization with the sterilizing gas. Hard to mix. Further, since the flow passage is closed by sealing the secondary seal region and the lid member, the packaging container can completely seal the contents by sealing with the lid member.

 また、前記包装容器の前記フランジ部には、前記一次シール領域よりも内側に前記フランジ部を貫通した少なくとも1つの貫通孔が設けられ、前記貫通孔が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されてもよい。 Further, the flange portion of the packaging container is provided with at least one through hole penetrating the flange portion inside the primary seal region so that the through hole becomes a part of the flow passage. It may be configured.

 かかる構成によれば、一次シール工程後の状態において、殺菌用ガスがフランジ部の下方から流通路の一部となる前記貫通孔を介して収容部内まで流通することで、収容部内の食品の殺菌が可能である。 According to such a configuration, in the state after the primary sealing step, the sterilizing gas flows from the lower part of the flange portion to the inside of the accommodating portion through the through hole which becomes a part of the flow passage, thereby sterilizing the food in the accommodating portion. Is possible.

 さらに、前記包装容器では、前記貫通孔は、前記フランジ部の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the through hole may be formed by forming a rift in a part of the flange portion.

 かかる構成によれば、貫通孔を設ける際にフランジ部の一部が破断することがなくフランジ部の破片が生じることがない。よって、収容部内にフランジ部の破片が混入することを防止できる。 According to this configuration, when the through hole is provided, a part of the flange portion is not broken and no fragment of the flange portion is generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent debris from the flange portion from being mixed into the accommodating portion.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部は、前記裂け目を境界として前記フランジ部の一部が上方に向けて変形されることによって形成されるフランジ最上部を有し、該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion formed by deforming a part of the flange portion upward with the crevice as a boundary, and is supported by the flange uppermost portion. The flow passage may be formed between the lid member and the flange portion.

 かかる構成によれば、フランジ部に裂け目を形成することにより貫通孔とフランジ最上部とを同時に形成できる。 According to this configuration, the through hole and the uppermost portion of the flange can be formed at the same time by forming a crevice in the flange portion.

 さらに、前記包装容器では、前記上方に向けて変形される前記フランジ部の一部が、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有していてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, a part of the flange portion that is deformed upward may have a curved surface that bulges upward.

 かかる構成によれば、一次シール領域と蓋部材とがシールされると、前記湾曲面が蓋部材を傷つけることなく支持可能である。 According to such a configuration, when the primary seal region and the lid member are sealed, the curved surface can support the lid member without damaging it.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部は、上面が該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部を有し、該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成されるようにしてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion has a flange uppermost portion whose upper surface is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the lid member supported by the flange uppermost portion and the flange portion. The flow passage may be formed between them.

 かかる構成によれば、一次シール工程を行ってから二次シール工程が行われるまでの間、即ち、内容物を殺菌する際に、前記フランジ最上部により蓋部材が支持されるため、形成された流通路を介して収容部内により確実に殺菌用ガスを流通させることができる。 According to such a configuration, the lid member is supported by the uppermost portion of the flange between the time when the primary sealing process is performed and the time when the secondary sealing process is performed, that is, when the contents are sterilized. The sterilizing gas can be more reliably circulated in the accommodating portion through the flow passage.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、前記貫通孔は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the flange portion may be provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion, a plurality of the through holes may be provided, and may be arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.

 かかる構成によれば、収容部を挟んで配置された貫通孔を介して、収容部の両側から気体を流通させることにより、食品の加熱むらを抑制できる。 According to this configuration, uneven heating of food can be suppressed by allowing gas to flow from both sides of the accommodating portion through through holes arranged across the accommodating portion.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記一次シール領域の上面は、前記フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置し、前記二次シール領域の上面は、前記一次シール領域の上面よりも下方に位置し、前記フランジ部は、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記二次シール領域の上面と前記蓋部材の下面との間に隙間が形成されるように構成され、前記隙間が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されてもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the upper surface of the primary seal region is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the upper surface of the secondary seal region is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region. The flange portion is configured so that when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region and the lower surface of the lid member. However, it may be configured to be a part of the flow passage.

 かかる構成によれば、一次シール工程を行ってから二次シール工程が行われるまでの間、即ち、食品を殺菌する際に、二次シール領域の上面よりも一次シール領域の上面が上方に位置することから、一次シール領域が流通路の一部となる前記隙間を保持するため、一次シール領域は隙間が閉塞されない状態を確実に維持して、貫通孔を介して収容部内に気体を流通させることができる。 According to such a configuration, the upper surface of the primary sealing region is positioned above the upper surface of the secondary sealing region during the period from the primary sealing step to the secondary sealing step, that is, when the food is sterilized. Therefore, in order to hold the gap in which the primary seal region becomes a part of the flow path, the primary seal region ensures that the gap is not closed and allows gas to flow into the accommodating portion through the through hole. be able to.

 また、前記包装容器では、前記収容部は、内容物が載置される底板を含み、前記底板の上面は、凹凸形状を有してもよい。 Further, in the packaging container, the accommodating portion may include a bottom plate on which the contents are placed, and the upper surface of the bottom plate may have an uneven shape.

 かかる構成によれば、収容部に内容物を配置すると、該内容物の下方に隙間が生じるため、収容部内に殺菌用ガスを流通させると、内容物の上方に加えて下方にも殺菌用ガスが流通することになる。そのため、殺菌用ガスにより内容物を上方及び下方の両方から殺菌することができる。 According to this configuration, when the contents are arranged in the accommodating portion, a gap is generated below the contents. Therefore, when the sterilizing gas is circulated in the accommodating portion, the sterilizing gas is circulated not only above the contents but also below the contents. Will be distributed. Therefore, the contents can be sterilized from both above and below by the sterilizing gas.

 本発明の包装容器は、さらに蓋部材を備え、前記容器本体及び前記蓋部材は、少なくとも一層のガスバリア層を含む多層構造体から構成されてもよい。 The packaging container of the present invention further includes a lid member, and the container body and the lid member may be composed of a multilayer structure including at least one gas barrier layer.

 かかる構成によれば、容器本体や蓋部材がガスバリア層を備えることにより、包装容器内の滅菌状態をより長く維持することができる。 According to this configuration, the container body and the lid member are provided with the gas barrier layer, so that the sterilized state in the packaging container can be maintained for a longer period of time.

 以上より、本発明によれば、内容物を殺菌処理する際に好適に使用でき、殺菌された内容物を長期にわたって品質保持可能な包装容器を提供することができる。 From the above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a packaging container that can be suitably used when sterilizing the contents and can maintain the quality of the sterilized contents for a long period of time.

 1…包装容器、2…収容部、3…フランジ部、4…容器本体、5…蓋部材、6…包装食品、20…開口、21…開口縁、22…底板、23…側壁、30…フランジ上面、31…一次シール領域、32…二次シール領域、33…フランジ最上部、33A…第一フランジ最上部、33B…第二フランジ最上部、33C…第三フランジ最上部、33D…第四フランジ最上部、33E…第五フランジ最上部、33F…第六フランジ最上部、33G…第七フランジ最上部、33H…第八フランジ最上部、34…フランジ下部、35…フランジ下面、36…貫通領域、38、38A、38B…貫通孔、39…溝部(凹部)、220…底板上面、221…底板下面、222…底板突起部、223…底板傾斜面、230…第一フランジ上面、330…フランジ最上部上面、340…フランジ下部上面、360…溝部、361…上面、362…下面、363…外周縁、380…裂け目、381…直線、382…境界、C…隙間、F…食品、L…切断線、R…流通路、S…加熱蒸気
 
1 ... Packaging container, 2 ... Storage part, 3 ... Flange part, 4 ... Container body, 5 ... Lid member, 6 ... Packaged food, 20 ... Opening, 21 ... Opening edge, 22 ... Bottom plate, 23 ... Side wall, 30 ... Flange Top surface, 31 ... Primary seal area, 32 ... Secondary seal area, 33 ... Flange top, 33A ... First flange top, 33B ... Second flange top, 33C ... Third flange top, 33D ... Fourth flange Top, 33E ... 5th flange top, 33F ... 6th flange top, 33G ... 7th flange top, 33H ... 8th flange top, 34 ... flange bottom, 35 ... flange bottom surface, 36 ... penetration area, 38, 38A, 38B ... Through holes, 39 ... Grooves (recesses), 220 ... Bottom plate upper surface 221 ... Bottom plate lower surface 222 ... Bottom plate protrusions 223 ... Bottom plate inclined surface, 230 ... First flange upper surface, 330 ... Flange top top Upper surface, 340 ... Flange lower upper surface, 360 ... Groove, 361 ... Upper surface, 362 ... Lower surface, 363 ... Outer peripheral edge, 380 ... Rift, 381 ... Straight line, 382 ... Boundary, C ... Gap, F ... Food, L ... Cutting line, R ... flow passage, S ... heated steam

Claims (15)

 内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための殺菌処理用の包装容器であって、
 上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、
 前記フランジ部は、
  前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、
  前記蓋部材と一次シール工程の後の二次シール工程において二次シールされることで内容物が完全に封止される二次シール領域と、
  上面において該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部と、
  上面において該フランジ最上部の上面よりも下方に位置するフランジ下部と、
  前記一次シール領域よりも内側に位置し前記フランジ部を貫通する貫通孔が設けられる少なくとも1つの貫通領域と、を有し、且つ、
  前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記フランジ最上部によって支持された前記蓋部材と前記フランジ下部との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする包装容器。
A packaging container for sterilization treatment for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents.
A container body including an accommodating portion having an opening at the top and accommodating the contents, and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion.
The flange portion is
A lid member that covers the opening, a primary seal region that is primarily sealed in the primary seal process, and a primary seal area.
The lid member and the secondary sealing region where the contents are completely sealed by the secondary sealing in the secondary sealing step after the primary sealing step, and the secondary sealing region.
On the upper surface, the uppermost portion of the flange located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion, and the uppermost portion of the flange.
On the upper surface, the lower part of the flange located below the upper surface of the uppermost part of the flange, and
It has at least one through region located inside the primary seal region and provided with a through hole penetrating the flange portion, and has.
When the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, gas can flow between the lid member supported by the uppermost portion of the flange and the lower portion of the flange, and between the outside and the inside of the accommodating portion. A packaging container characterized in that the flow passage is closed when a path is formed and the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed.
 前記貫通孔は、前記貫通領域の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成される、請求項1に記載の包装容器。 The packaging container according to claim 1, wherein the through hole is formed by forming a rift in a part of the through region.  前記貫通領域は、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有しており、
 前記湾曲面の上端が、前記フランジ最上部を構成している、請求項2に記載の包装容器。
The penetrating region has a curved surface that bulges upward.
The packaging container according to claim 2, wherein the upper end of the curved surface constitutes the uppermost portion of the flange.
 前記貫通領域は、下方に凹んだ凹部であり、前記裂け目が該凹部内に形成される、請求項2に記載の包装容器。 The packaging container according to claim 2, wherein the penetrating region is a concave portion recessed downward, and the crevice is formed in the concave portion.  前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、
 前記貫通領域は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されている、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の包装容器。
The flange portion is provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion.
The packaging container according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein a plurality of the penetrating regions are provided and arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
 内部に収容された内容物を殺菌用ガスに晒すことで殺菌し、その後該内容物を封止して流通させるための包装容器であって、
 上方に開口を有し且つ内容物を収容する収容部と、前記収容部の開口縁から外向きに延びるフランジ部と、を含む容器本体を備え、
 前記フランジ部は、
  前記開口を覆う蓋部材と一次シール工程において一次シールされる一次シール領域と、
  前記蓋部材と一次シール工程の後の二次シール工程において二次シールされる二次シール領域とを有し、且つ、
  前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記蓋部材との間に外部と前記収容部内との間で気体が流通可能な流通路が形成され、前記蓋部材と前記二次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記流通路が閉塞されるように構成されている、ことを特徴とする包装容器。
A packaging container for sterilizing the contents contained therein by exposing them to a sterilizing gas, and then sealing and distributing the contents.
A container body including an accommodating portion having an opening at the top and accommodating the contents, and a flange portion extending outward from the opening edge of the accommodating portion.
The flange portion is
A lid member that covers the opening, a primary seal region that is primarily sealed in the primary seal process, and a primary seal area.
It has the lid member and a secondary sealing region that is secondary sealed in the secondary sealing step after the primary sealing step, and has a secondary sealing region.
When the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a flow passage through which gas can flow is formed between the lid member and the inside of the accommodating portion, and the lid member and the secondary seal region are sealed. A packaging container characterized in that the flow passage is closed when the sealing area is sealed.
 前記フランジ部には、前記一次シール領域よりも内側に前記フランジ部を貫通した少なくとも1つの貫通孔が設けられ、
 前記貫通孔が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されている、請求項6に記載の包装容器。
The flange portion is provided with at least one through hole penetrating the flange portion inside the primary seal region.
The packaging container according to claim 6, wherein the through hole is configured to be a part of the flow passage.
 前記貫通孔は、前記フランジ部の一部に裂け目が形成されることにより形成されている、請求項7に記載の包装容器。 The packaging container according to claim 7, wherein the through hole is formed by forming a rift in a part of the flange portion.  前記フランジ部は、前記裂け目を境界として前記フランジ部の一部が上方に向けて変形されることによって形成されるフランジ最上部を有し、
 該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成される、請求項8に記載の包装容器。
The flange portion has a flange uppermost portion formed by deforming a part of the flange portion upward with the crevice as a boundary.
The packaging container according to claim 8, wherein the flow passage is formed between the lid member supported by the upper end of the flange and the flange portion.
 前記上方に向けて変形される前記フランジ部の一部が、上方に向けて膨出した湾曲面を有する、請求項9に記載の包装容器。 The packaging container according to claim 9, wherein a part of the flange portion that is deformed upward has a curved surface that bulges upward.  前記フランジ部は、上面において該フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置するフランジ最上部を有し、
 該フランジ最上部により支持される前記蓋部材と前記フランジ部との間に前記流通路が形成される、請求項6~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の包装容器。
The flange portion has an uppermost flange portion located on the upper surface of the upper surface of the flange portion.
The packaging container according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the flow passage is formed between the lid member supported by the uppermost portion of the flange and the flange portion.
 前記フランジ部が、前記収容部の開口縁の全周に設けられ、
 前記貫通孔は複数設けられるとともに、前記収容部を挟む対向位置に配置されている、請求項7~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の包装容器。
The flange portion is provided on the entire circumference of the opening edge of the accommodating portion.
The packaging container according to any one of claims 7 to 11, wherein a plurality of the through holes are provided and arranged at opposite positions sandwiching the accommodating portion.
 前記一次シール領域の上面は、前記フランジ部の上面のうち最も上方に位置し、
 前記二次シール領域の上面は、前記一次シール領域の上面よりも下方に位置し、
 前記フランジ部は、前記蓋部材と前記一次シール領域とがシールされた際に、前記二次シール領域の上面と前記蓋部材の下面との間に隙間が形成されるように構成され、
 前記隙間が、前記流通路の一部となるように構成されている、請求項7に記載の包装容器。
The upper surface of the primary seal region is located at the uppermost position of the upper surface of the flange portion.
The upper surface of the secondary seal region is located below the upper surface of the primary seal region.
The flange portion is configured so that when the lid member and the primary seal region are sealed, a gap is formed between the upper surface of the secondary seal region and the lower surface of the lid member.
The packaging container according to claim 7, wherein the gap is configured to be a part of the flow passage.
 前記収容部は、内容物が載置される底板を含み、
 前記底板の上面は、凹凸形状を有する、請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の包装容器。
The housing includes a bottom plate on which the contents are placed.
The packaging container according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the upper surface of the bottom plate has an uneven shape.
 請求項1~請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の包装容器は、さらに蓋部材を備え、
 前記容器本体及び前記蓋部材は、少なくとも一層のガスバリア層を含む多層構造体から構成されている、包装容器。
 
The packaging container according to any one of claims 1 to 14 further includes a lid member.
A packaging container in which the container body and the lid member are composed of a multilayer structure including at least one gas barrier layer.
PCT/JP2020/046262 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 Packaging container for sterilization Ceased WO2021117865A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20899236.2A EP4074623A4 (en) 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 PACKAGING CONTAINERS FOR STERILIZATION
JP2021564059A JP7372985B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 Packaging containers for sterilization
CN202080085307.XA CN114929593B (en) 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 Packaging containers for sterilization
KR1020227019670A KR102877866B1 (en) 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 Packaging containers for sterilization

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019223878 2019-12-11
JP2019-223878 2019-12-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021117865A1 true WO2021117865A1 (en) 2021-06-17

Family

ID=76330007

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/046262 Ceased WO2021117865A1 (en) 2019-12-11 2020-12-11 Packaging container for sterilization

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4074623A4 (en)
JP (1) JP7372985B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102877866B1 (en)
CN (1) CN114929593B (en)
TW (1) TWI887315B (en)
WO (1) WO2021117865A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240132270A1 (en) * 2021-02-05 2024-04-25 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Systems and Methods of Storing 1,1-Disubstituted Alkene Compositions

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS60134822A (en) * 1983-12-22 1985-07-18 株式会社新日本食研 Method of heating and sterilizing pack food
JPH099937A (en) 1995-06-26 1997-01-14 Hisaka Works Ltd How to sterilize food
JP2003261177A (en) * 2002-03-04 2003-09-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Sealed container
JP2009120247A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-04 Sun A Kaken Co Ltd Packaging container for microwave oven and method for preventing collapse of packaging container for microwave oven
JP6203340B1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2017-09-27 フジフーズ株式会社 Double seal sealing method for food packaging container and food packaging container

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0192348A3 (en) * 1985-02-12 1988-07-20 Fgl Projects Limited Improvements in or relating to valves
FR2698082B1 (en) * 1992-11-13 1994-12-23 Mat Metallique Elec Const Gas tight container.
KR20010112632A (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-20 다치바나 히로시 Container
KR20030041820A (en) * 2001-11-20 2003-05-27 다치바나 요키 가부시키가이샤 Sealed package and container
AU2002366767A1 (en) * 2001-12-20 2003-07-09 Asahi Kasei Life & Living Corporation Method for producing gas exchange package
NZ520678A (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-12-24 Vertex Pacific Ltd Gas control packaging
JP4876679B2 (en) * 2005-04-05 2012-02-15 東洋製罐株式会社 Packaging container for microwave oven and manufacturing method thereof
JP4607695B2 (en) * 2005-07-25 2011-01-05 越後製菓株式会社 Method for producing container-enclosed food
CN101415621B (en) * 2006-04-04 2011-08-31 东洋制罐株式会社 Packaging container for microwave oven and manufacturing method for it
KR20090028162A (en) * 2007-09-14 2009-03-18 박준명 Food packaging containers
EP2514684A1 (en) * 2011-04-20 2012-10-24 Becton Dickinson France Packaging for medical containers
FR2990196B1 (en) * 2012-05-03 2015-05-01 Technitrans FOOD RECEPTION, PACKAGING AND PRESERVATION TRAINER
KR101391841B1 (en) * 2013-11-19 2014-05-07 (주)태방파텍 Food cooking container structure having steam hole
KR200480487Y1 (en) * 2014-12-05 2016-05-31 신예현 Storing vessel
KR101536268B1 (en) * 2015-01-22 2015-07-13 정희국 Prevent structural collapse of container for food preparation
KR102012769B1 (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-08-21 (주)태방파텍 Food cooking container structure having steam hole

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS60134822A (en) * 1983-12-22 1985-07-18 株式会社新日本食研 Method of heating and sterilizing pack food
JPH099937A (en) 1995-06-26 1997-01-14 Hisaka Works Ltd How to sterilize food
JP2003261177A (en) * 2002-03-04 2003-09-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Sealed container
JP2009120247A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-04 Sun A Kaken Co Ltd Packaging container for microwave oven and method for preventing collapse of packaging container for microwave oven
JP6203340B1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2017-09-27 フジフーズ株式会社 Double seal sealing method for food packaging container and food packaging container

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4074623A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240132270A1 (en) * 2021-02-05 2024-04-25 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Systems and Methods of Storing 1,1-Disubstituted Alkene Compositions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4074623A4 (en) 2024-01-17
EP4074623A1 (en) 2022-10-19
KR20220098779A (en) 2022-07-12
CN114929593B (en) 2025-01-17
TW202130282A (en) 2021-08-16
TWI887315B (en) 2025-06-21
KR102877866B1 (en) 2025-10-29
JPWO2021117865A1 (en) 2021-06-17
CN114929593A (en) 2022-08-19
JP7372985B2 (en) 2023-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1490435B1 (en) Lactic acid-based resin composition
KR101211942B1 (en) Paper container
US9260596B2 (en) Oxygen-absorbing resin composition
WO2014122942A1 (en) Multilayer structure and production method therefor
KR100489724B1 (en) Resin composition comprising ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer with good interlayer adhesiveness
WO2022004701A1 (en) Gas-barrier resin composition, method for producing gas-barrier resin composition, and molded body
KR20070089090A (en) Composition for forming high transparent polypropylene sheet having radiation resistance, and package having excellent radiation resistance and electron beam sterilization
WO2021117865A1 (en) Packaging container for sterilization
JP5615623B2 (en) Heat sealing film and packaging bag
US12084601B2 (en) Packaging patches having disinfecting sealing layer
JP2006272569A (en) Multilayer film and flexible container using the same
JP2011051303A (en) Laminate
KR102614199B1 (en) Packaging containers and steam sterilization products using them
JP7721079B2 (en) Resin film, laminate, and package or container
JP6884431B2 (en) Sterilizable medical packaging with active pores
JPWO2009051160A1 (en) Molded product and manufacturing method thereof
JP7661087B2 (en) Anti-fogging heat-sealable film and its applications
JP7653820B2 (en) Anti-fog heat-sealable film and its uses
JP2019034421A (en) Multilayer structure, method for producing the same, packaging material and product using the same, and electronic device protection sheet
KR20250080449A (en) Packaging material for delaying fermentation and deodorizing
CN201506530U (en) Polyvinyl chloride/ethylene-ethylene copolymer (PVC/EVOH) composite hard tablet
JP2001131305A (en) Polypropylene resin sheet for PTP packaging
JP2009113847A (en) Ethanol evaporating agent packaging bag and its manufacturing process
JP2006249204A (en) Resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20899236

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021564059

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227019670

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020899236

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220711

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 202080085307.X

Country of ref document: CN

WWR Wipo information: refused in national office

Ref document number: 1020227019670

Country of ref document: KR